1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
8 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
9 <mark@codesourcery.com>
10 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
11 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
13 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
15 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
16 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
17 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
18 (at your option) any later version.
20 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
21 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
22 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
23 GNU General Public License for more details.
25 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
26 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
27 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
28 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
31 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
36 #include "libiberty.h"
38 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
40 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
42 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
44 #include "coff/symconst.h"
45 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
46 #include "coff/mips.h"
50 /* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
51 There are three types of entry:
53 (1) absolute addresses
55 (2) SYMBOL + OFFSET addresses, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
56 (abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0)
57 (3) SYMBOL addresses, where SYMBOL is not local to an input bfd
58 (abfd != NULL, symndx == -1)
60 Type (3) entries are treated differently for different types of GOT.
61 In the "master" GOT -- i.e. the one that describes every GOT
62 reference needed in the link -- the mips_got_entry is keyed on both
63 the symbol and the input bfd that references it. If it turns out
64 that we need multiple GOTs, we can then use this information to
65 create separate GOTs for each input bfd.
67 However, we want each of these separate GOTs to have at most one
68 entry for a given symbol, so their type (3) entries are keyed only
69 on the symbol. The input bfd given by the "abfd" field is somewhat
70 arbitrary in this case.
72 This means that when there are multiple GOTs, each GOT has a unique
73 mips_got_entry for every symbol within it. We can therefore use the
74 mips_got_entry fields (tls_type and gotidx) to track the symbol's
77 However, if it turns out that we need only a single GOT, we continue
78 to use the master GOT to describe it. There may therefore be several
79 mips_got_entries for the same symbol, each with a different input bfd.
80 We want to make sure that each symbol gets a unique GOT entry, so when
81 there's a single GOT, we use the symbol's hash entry, not the
82 mips_got_entry fields, to track a symbol's GOT index. */
85 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
87 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
88 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
92 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
94 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
95 that should be added to the symbol value. */
97 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
98 corresponding to symbol in the GOT. The symbol's entry
99 is in the local area if h->global_got_area is GGA_NONE,
100 otherwise it is in the global area. */
101 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
104 /* The TLS types included in this GOT entry (specifically, GD and
105 IE). The GD and IE flags can be added as we encounter new
106 relocations. LDM can also be set; it will always be alone, not
107 combined with any GD or IE flags. An LDM GOT entry will be
108 a local symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
109 unsigned char tls_type;
111 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
112 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
113 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
117 /* This structure describes a range of addends: [MIN_ADDEND, MAX_ADDEND].
118 The structures form a non-overlapping list that is sorted by increasing
120 struct mips_got_page_range
122 struct mips_got_page_range *next;
123 bfd_signed_vma min_addend;
124 bfd_signed_vma max_addend;
127 /* This structure describes the range of addends that are applied to page
128 relocations against a given symbol. */
129 struct mips_got_page_entry
131 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
133 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info. */
135 /* The ranges for this page entry. */
136 struct mips_got_page_range *ranges;
137 /* The maximum number of page entries needed for RANGES. */
141 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
145 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
147 struct elf_link_hash_entry *global_gotsym;
148 /* The number of global .got entries. */
149 unsigned int global_gotno;
150 /* The number of global .got entries that are in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area. */
151 unsigned int reloc_only_gotno;
152 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
153 unsigned int tls_gotno;
154 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
155 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
156 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno;
157 /* The number of local .got entries, eventually including page entries. */
158 unsigned int local_gotno;
159 /* The maximum number of page entries needed. */
160 unsigned int page_gotno;
161 /* The number of local .got entries we have used. */
162 unsigned int assigned_gotno;
163 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
164 struct htab *got_entries;
165 /* A hash table of mips_got_page_entry structures. */
166 struct htab *got_page_entries;
167 /* A hash table mapping input bfds to other mips_got_info. NULL
168 unless multi-got was necessary. */
169 struct htab *bfd2got;
170 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
171 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
172 struct mips_got_info *next;
173 /* This is the GOT index of the TLS LDM entry for the GOT, MINUS_ONE
174 for none, or MINUS_TWO for not yet assigned. This is needed
175 because a single-GOT link may have multiple hash table entries
176 for the LDM. It does not get initialized in multi-GOT mode. */
177 bfd_vma tls_ldm_offset;
180 /* Map an input bfd to a got in a multi-got link. */
182 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
185 struct mips_got_info *g;
188 /* Structure passed when traversing the bfd2got hash table, used to
189 create and merge bfd's gots. */
191 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
193 /* A hashtable that maps bfds to gots. */
195 /* The output bfd. */
197 /* The link information. */
198 struct bfd_link_info *info;
199 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
200 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
202 struct mips_got_info *primary;
203 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
205 struct mips_got_info *current;
206 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
208 unsigned int max_count;
209 /* The maximum number of page entries needed by each got. */
210 unsigned int max_pages;
211 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
212 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
213 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
215 unsigned int global_count;
218 /* Another structure used to pass arguments for got entries traversal. */
220 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
222 struct mips_got_info *g;
224 unsigned int needed_relocs;
225 struct bfd_link_info *info;
228 /* A structure used to count TLS relocations or GOT entries, for GOT
229 entry or ELF symbol table traversal. */
231 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
233 struct bfd_link_info *info;
237 struct _mips_elf_section_data
239 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf;
246 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
247 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
249 #define is_mips_elf(bfd) \
250 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
251 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
252 && elf_object_id (bfd) == MIPS_ELF_DATA)
254 /* The ABI says that every symbol used by dynamic relocations must have
255 a global GOT entry. Among other things, this provides the dynamic
256 linker with a free, directly-indexed cache. The GOT can therefore
257 contain symbols that are not referenced by GOT relocations themselves
258 (in other words, it may have symbols that are not referenced by things
259 like R_MIPS_GOT16 and R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE).
261 GOT relocations are less likely to overflow if we put the associated
262 GOT entries towards the beginning. We therefore divide the global
263 GOT entries into two areas: "normal" and "reloc-only". Entries in
264 the first area can be used for both dynamic relocations and GP-relative
265 accesses, while those in the "reloc-only" area are for dynamic
268 These GGA_* ("Global GOT Area") values are organised so that lower
269 values are more general than higher values. Also, non-GGA_NONE
270 values are ordered by the position of the area in the GOT. */
272 #define GGA_RELOC_ONLY 1
275 /* Information about a non-PIC interface to a PIC function. There are
276 two ways of creating these interfaces. The first is to add:
279 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
281 immediately before a PIC function "func". The second is to add:
285 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
287 to a separate trampoline section.
289 Stubs of the first kind go in a new section immediately before the
290 target function. Stubs of the second kind go in a single section
291 pointed to by the hash table's "strampoline" field. */
292 struct mips_elf_la25_stub {
293 /* The generated section that contains this stub. */
294 asection *stub_section;
296 /* The offset of the stub from the start of STUB_SECTION. */
299 /* One symbol for the original function. Its location is available
300 in H->root.root.u.def. */
301 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
304 /* Macros for populating a mips_elf_la25_stub. */
306 #define LA25_LUI(VAL) (0x3c190000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
307 #define LA25_J(VAL) (0x08000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
308 #define LA25_ADDIU(VAL) (0x27390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
309 #define LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS_1(VAL) (0x41b9) /* lui t9,VAL */
310 #define LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS_2(VAL) (VAL)
311 #define LA25_J_MICROMIPS_1(VAL) (0xd400 | (((VAL) >> 17) & 0x3ff)) /* j VAL */
312 #define LA25_J_MICROMIPS_2(VAL) ((VAL) >> 1)
313 #define LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS_1(VAL) (0x3339) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
314 #define LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS_2(VAL) (VAL)
316 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
317 the dynamic symbols. */
319 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
321 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
323 struct elf_link_hash_entry *low;
324 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
325 symbol with a GOT entry. */
326 long min_got_dynindx;
327 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
328 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
329 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
330 long max_unref_got_dynindx;
331 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
332 symbol without a GOT entry. */
333 long max_non_got_dynindx;
336 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
337 the global hash table. */
339 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
341 struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
343 /* External symbol information. */
346 /* The la25 stub we have created for ths symbol, if any. */
347 struct mips_elf_la25_stub *la25_stub;
349 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
351 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs;
353 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
354 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
357 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
358 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
361 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
362 being called returns a floating point value. */
363 asection *call_fp_stub;
367 #define GOT_TLS_LDM 2
369 #define GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE 0x40
370 #define GOT_TLS_DONE 0x80
371 unsigned char tls_type;
373 /* This is only used in single-GOT mode; in multi-GOT mode there
374 is one mips_got_entry per GOT entry, so the offset is stored
375 there. In single-GOT mode there may be many mips_got_entry
376 structures all referring to the same GOT slot. It might be
377 possible to use root.got.offset instead, but that field is
378 overloaded already. */
379 bfd_vma tls_got_offset;
381 /* The highest GGA_* value that satisfies all references to this symbol. */
382 unsigned int global_got_area : 2;
384 /* True if all GOT relocations against this symbol are for calls. This is
385 a looser condition than no_fn_stub below, because there may be other
386 non-call non-GOT relocations against the symbol. */
387 unsigned int got_only_for_calls : 1;
389 /* True if one of the relocations described by possibly_dynamic_relocs
390 is against a readonly section. */
391 unsigned int readonly_reloc : 1;
393 /* True if there is a relocation against this symbol that must be
394 resolved by the static linker (in other words, if the relocation
395 cannot possibly be made dynamic). */
396 unsigned int has_static_relocs : 1;
398 /* True if we must not create a .MIPS.stubs entry for this symbol.
399 This is set, for example, if there are relocations related to
400 taking the function's address, i.e. any but R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones.
401 See "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition", p. 4-20. */
402 unsigned int no_fn_stub : 1;
404 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is true if this symbol appears
405 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
406 unsigned int need_fn_stub : 1;
408 /* True if this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
409 any non-PIC input file. This is used to determine whether an
410 la25 stub is required. */
411 unsigned int has_nonpic_branches : 1;
413 /* Does this symbol need a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub
414 (as opposed to a PLT entry)? */
415 unsigned int needs_lazy_stub : 1;
418 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
420 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
422 struct elf_link_hash_table root;
424 /* We no longer use this. */
425 /* String section indices for the dynamic section symbols. */
426 bfd_size_type dynsym_sec_strindex[SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES];
429 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
430 bfd_size_type procedure_count;
432 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
433 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size;
435 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic
436 entry is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5. */
437 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head;
439 /* The __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
440 struct elf_link_hash_entry *rld_symbol;
442 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
443 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen;
445 /* True if we can generate copy relocs and PLTs. */
446 bfd_boolean use_plts_and_copy_relocs;
448 /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
449 bfd_boolean is_vxworks;
451 /* True if we already reported the small-data section overflow. */
452 bfd_boolean small_data_overflow_reported;
454 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
465 /* The master GOT information. */
466 struct mips_got_info *got_info;
468 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes. */
469 bfd_vma plt_header_size;
471 /* The size of a PLT entry in bytes. */
472 bfd_vma plt_entry_size;
474 /* The number of functions that need a lazy-binding stub. */
475 bfd_vma lazy_stub_count;
477 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
478 bfd_vma function_stub_size;
480 /* The number of reserved entries at the beginning of the GOT. */
481 unsigned int reserved_gotno;
483 /* The section used for mips_elf_la25_stub trampolines.
484 See the comment above that structure for details. */
485 asection *strampoline;
487 /* A table of mips_elf_la25_stubs, indexed by (input_section, offset)
491 /* A function FN (NAME, IS, OS) that creates a new input section
492 called NAME and links it to output section OS. If IS is nonnull,
493 the new section should go immediately before it, otherwise it
494 should go at the (current) beginning of OS.
496 The function returns the new section on success, otherwise it
498 asection *(*add_stub_section) (const char *, asection *, asection *);
501 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
503 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
504 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
505 == MIPS_ELF_DATA ? ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
507 /* A structure used to communicate with htab_traverse callbacks. */
508 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
510 /* The usual link-wide information. */
511 struct bfd_link_info *info;
514 /* Starts off FALSE and is set to TRUE if the link should be aborted. */
518 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
519 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
520 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
521 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
522 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
523 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
524 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
525 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
526 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
527 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
528 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
529 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
530 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
531 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
532 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD \
533 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM \
534 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
535 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
536 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
537 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
538 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
540 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
545 struct bfd_link_info *info;
546 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug;
547 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
551 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
553 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[] =
556 "_procedure_string_table",
557 "_procedure_table_size",
561 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
566 unsigned long id1; /* Always one? */
567 unsigned long num; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
568 unsigned long id2; /* Always two? */
569 unsigned long offset; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
570 unsigned long reserved0; /* Zero? */
571 unsigned long reserved1; /* Zero? */
580 bfd_byte reserved0[4];
581 bfd_byte reserved1[4];
582 } Elf32_External_compact_rel;
586 unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
587 unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
588 unsigned int dist2to : 8;
589 unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
590 unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */
591 unsigned long vaddr; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
596 unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
597 unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
598 unsigned int dist2to : 8;
599 unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
600 unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */
608 } Elf32_External_crinfo;
614 } Elf32_External_crinfo2;
616 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
618 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
619 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
620 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
621 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
622 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
623 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
624 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
625 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
627 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
628 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
629 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
630 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
631 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
633 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
634 has different meaning for each type:
637 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
638 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
639 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
640 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
643 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
644 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
645 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
646 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
648 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
649 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
650 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
651 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
653 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
654 loader for use by the static exception system. */
656 typedef struct runtime_pdr {
657 bfd_vma adr; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
658 long regmask; /* Save register mask. */
659 long regoffset; /* Save register offset. */
660 long fregmask; /* Save floating point register mask. */
661 long fregoffset; /* Save floating point register offset. */
662 long frameoffset; /* Frame size. */
663 short framereg; /* Frame pointer register. */
664 short pcreg; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
665 long irpss; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
667 struct exception_info *exception_info;/* Pointer to exception array. */
669 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
670 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
672 static struct mips_got_entry *mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
673 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *, bfd_vma, unsigned long,
674 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, int);
675 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
676 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, void *);
677 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
679 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
680 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *,
681 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, asection *, bfd_vma,
682 bfd_vma *, asection *);
683 static hashval_t mips_elf_got_entry_hash
685 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
686 (bfd *, struct mips_got_info *, bfd *);
687 static struct mips_got_info *mips_elf_got_for_ibfd
688 (struct mips_got_info *, bfd *);
690 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
691 static bfd *reldyn_sorting_bfd;
693 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs with load interlocking that include
694 non-MIPS1 CPUs and R3900. */
695 #define LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P(abfd) \
696 ( ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) != E_MIPS_ARCH_1) \
697 || ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_3900))
699 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JAL is converted to BAL.
700 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate
701 for RM9000 for now. */
702 #define JAL_TO_BAL_P(abfd) \
703 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_9000)
705 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JALR is converted to BAL.
706 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
708 #define JALR_TO_BAL_P(abfd) 1
710 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JR is converted to B.
711 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
713 #define JR_TO_B_P(abfd) 1
715 /* True if ABFD is a PIC object. */
716 #define PIC_OBJECT_P(abfd) \
717 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != 0)
719 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
720 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
721 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
723 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
724 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
725 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
727 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
728 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
730 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
731 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
732 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
734 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
735 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
736 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
738 /* The name of the options section. */
739 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
740 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
742 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
743 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
744 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
745 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
747 /* Whether the section is readonly. */
748 #define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
749 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
750 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
752 /* The name of the stub section. */
753 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
755 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
756 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
757 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
759 /* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
760 #define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
761 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
763 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
764 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
765 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
767 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
768 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
769 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
771 /* The size of the .rld_map section. */
772 #define MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE(abfd) \
773 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
775 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
776 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
777 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
779 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
780 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
781 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
783 /* Get word-sized data. */
784 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
785 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
787 /* Put out word-sized data. */
788 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
790 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
791 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
793 /* The opcode for word-sized loads (LW or LD). */
794 #define MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD(abfd) \
795 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 0xdc000000 : 0x8c000000)
797 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
798 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
799 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
801 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
802 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
804 /* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
805 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
806 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
808 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
809 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
810 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
811 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
813 /* The value to write into got[1] for SVR4 targets, to identify it is
814 a GNU object. The dynamic linker can then use got[1] to store the
816 #define MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK(abfd) \
817 ((bfd_vma) 1 << (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 63 : 31))
819 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
820 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
821 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
823 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
825 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
827 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
828 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
830 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
831 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
832 #define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
834 ? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \
835 : 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */
836 #define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
837 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
838 #define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
839 #define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
840 #define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
842 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
843 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
845 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
846 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
848 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
851 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
852 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
853 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
854 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
857 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
858 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
859 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
860 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
861 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
862 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
863 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
864 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
866 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
867 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
869 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
871 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
872 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
875 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
876 floating point arguments.
878 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
879 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
880 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
881 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
882 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
883 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
884 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
885 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
887 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
888 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
889 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
890 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
891 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
892 stub should be discarded.
894 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
895 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
896 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
897 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
898 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
899 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
900 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
903 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
904 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
905 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
907 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
909 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
910 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
911 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
913 #define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB)
914 #define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
915 #define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB)
917 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable. */
918 static const bfd_vma mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry[] =
920 0x3c1c0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
921 0x8f990000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
922 0x279c0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
923 0x031cc023, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
924 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */
925 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
926 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
927 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
930 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable. Different
931 because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14) instead. */
932 static const bfd_vma mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry[] =
934 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
935 0x8dd90000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
936 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
937 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
938 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */
939 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
940 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
941 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
944 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable. Different
945 from N32 because of the increased size of GOT entries. */
946 static const bfd_vma mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry[] =
948 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
949 0xddd90000, /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
950 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
951 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
952 0x03e0782d, /* move $15, $31 # 64-bit move (daddu) */
953 0x0018c0c2, /* srl $24, $24, 3 */
954 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
955 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
958 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
959 static const bfd_vma mips_exec_plt_entry[] =
961 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
962 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
963 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
964 0x03200008 /* jr $25 */
967 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
968 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry[] =
970 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
971 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
972 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
973 0x00000000, /* nop */
974 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
978 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
979 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry[] =
981 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
982 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
983 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
984 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
985 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
986 0x00000000, /* nop */
987 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
991 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
992 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry[] =
994 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
995 0x00000000, /* nop */
996 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
997 0x00000000, /* nop */
998 0x00000000, /* nop */
1002 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1003 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry[] =
1005 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1006 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1009 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1011 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
1012 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
1013 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
1016 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1018 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
1019 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
1021 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
1024 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
1025 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
1027 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
1028 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
1031 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
1033 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1034 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
1036 return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
1040 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
1042 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1043 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
1045 return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
1048 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1050 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
1051 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1052 struct bfd_hash_table *table, const char *string)
1054 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *ret =
1055 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
1057 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1060 ret = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry));
1062 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
1064 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1065 ret = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
1066 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
1070 /* Set local fields. */
1071 memset (&ret->esym, 0, sizeof (EXTR));
1072 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
1073 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
1076 ret->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
1077 ret->fn_stub = NULL;
1078 ret->call_stub = NULL;
1079 ret->call_fp_stub = NULL;
1080 ret->tls_type = GOT_NORMAL;
1081 ret->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
1082 ret->got_only_for_calls = TRUE;
1083 ret->readonly_reloc = FALSE;
1084 ret->has_static_relocs = FALSE;
1085 ret->no_fn_stub = FALSE;
1086 ret->need_fn_stub = FALSE;
1087 ret->has_nonpic_branches = FALSE;
1088 ret->needs_lazy_stub = FALSE;
1091 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
1095 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
1097 if (!sec->used_by_bfd)
1099 struct _mips_elf_section_data *sdata;
1100 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*sdata);
1102 sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
1105 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
1108 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
1111 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
1112 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
1115 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd *abfd, asection *section,
1116 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug)
1119 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
1122 swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
1123 memset (debug, 0, sizeof (*debug));
1125 ext_hdr = bfd_malloc (swap->external_hdr_size);
1126 if (ext_hdr == NULL && swap->external_hdr_size != 0)
1129 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, section, ext_hdr, 0,
1130 swap->external_hdr_size))
1133 symhdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
1134 (*swap->swap_hdr_in) (abfd, ext_hdr, symhdr);
1136 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
1138 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
1139 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
1140 debug->ptr = NULL; \
1143 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
1144 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
1145 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
1146 goto error_return; \
1147 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
1148 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
1149 goto error_return; \
1152 READ (line, cbLineOffset, cbLine, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
1153 READ (external_dnr, cbDnOffset, idnMax, swap->external_dnr_size, void *);
1154 READ (external_pdr, cbPdOffset, ipdMax, swap->external_pdr_size, void *);
1155 READ (external_sym, cbSymOffset, isymMax, swap->external_sym_size, void *);
1156 READ (external_opt, cbOptOffset, ioptMax, swap->external_opt_size, void *);
1157 READ (external_aux, cbAuxOffset, iauxMax, sizeof (union aux_ext),
1159 READ (ss, cbSsOffset, issMax, sizeof (char), char *);
1160 READ (ssext, cbSsExtOffset, issExtMax, sizeof (char), char *);
1161 READ (external_fdr, cbFdOffset, ifdMax, swap->external_fdr_size, void *);
1162 READ (external_rfd, cbRfdOffset, crfd, swap->external_rfd_size, void *);
1163 READ (external_ext, cbExtOffset, iextMax, swap->external_ext_size, void *);
1171 if (ext_hdr != NULL)
1173 if (debug->line != NULL)
1175 if (debug->external_dnr != NULL)
1176 free (debug->external_dnr);
1177 if (debug->external_pdr != NULL)
1178 free (debug->external_pdr);
1179 if (debug->external_sym != NULL)
1180 free (debug->external_sym);
1181 if (debug->external_opt != NULL)
1182 free (debug->external_opt);
1183 if (debug->external_aux != NULL)
1184 free (debug->external_aux);
1185 if (debug->ss != NULL)
1187 if (debug->ssext != NULL)
1188 free (debug->ssext);
1189 if (debug->external_fdr != NULL)
1190 free (debug->external_fdr);
1191 if (debug->external_rfd != NULL)
1192 free (debug->external_rfd);
1193 if (debug->external_ext != NULL)
1194 free (debug->external_ext);
1198 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
1201 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd *abfd, const RPDR *in, struct rpdr_ext *ex)
1203 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, in->adr, ex->p_adr);
1204 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regmask, ex->p_regmask);
1205 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regoffset, ex->p_regoffset);
1206 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregmask, ex->p_fregmask);
1207 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregoffset, ex->p_fregoffset);
1208 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->frameoffset, ex->p_frameoffset);
1210 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->framereg, ex->p_framereg);
1211 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->pcreg, ex->p_pcreg);
1213 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->irpss, ex->p_irpss);
1216 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
1219 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle, bfd *abfd,
1220 struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *s,
1221 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug)
1223 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
1224 HDRR *hdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
1226 struct rpdr_ext *erp;
1228 struct pdr_ext *epdr;
1229 struct sym_ext *esym;
1233 bfd_size_type count;
1234 unsigned long sindex;
1238 const char *no_name_func = _("static procedure (no name)");
1246 swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
1248 sindex = strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
1249 count = hdr->ipdMax;
1252 size = swap->external_pdr_size;
1254 epdr = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1258 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle, (bfd_byte *) epdr))
1261 size = sizeof (RPDR);
1262 rp = rpdr = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1266 size = sizeof (char *);
1267 sv = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1271 count = hdr->isymMax;
1272 size = swap->external_sym_size;
1273 esym = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1277 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle, (bfd_byte *) esym))
1280 count = hdr->issMax;
1281 ss = bfd_malloc (count);
1284 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle, (bfd_byte *) ss))
1287 count = hdr->ipdMax;
1288 for (i = 0; i < (unsigned long) count; i++, rp++)
1290 (*swap->swap_pdr_in) (abfd, epdr + i, &pdr);
1291 (*swap->swap_sym_in) (abfd, &esym[pdr.isym], &sym);
1292 rp->adr = sym.value;
1293 rp->regmask = pdr.regmask;
1294 rp->regoffset = pdr.regoffset;
1295 rp->fregmask = pdr.fregmask;
1296 rp->fregoffset = pdr.fregoffset;
1297 rp->frameoffset = pdr.frameoffset;
1298 rp->framereg = pdr.framereg;
1299 rp->pcreg = pdr.pcreg;
1301 sv[i] = ss + sym.iss;
1302 sindex += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
1306 size = sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2) + sindex;
1307 size = BFD_ALIGN (size, 16);
1308 rtproc = bfd_alloc (abfd, size);
1311 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = 0;
1315 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = count + 2;
1318 memset (erp, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext));
1320 str = (char *) rtproc + sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2);
1321 strcpy (str, no_name_func);
1322 str += strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
1323 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
1325 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd, rpdr + i, erp + i);
1326 strcpy (str, sv[i]);
1327 str += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
1329 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, -1, (erp + count)->p_adr);
1331 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
1333 s->contents = rtproc;
1335 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1336 matters, but someday it might). */
1337 s->map_head.link_order = NULL;
1366 /* We're going to create a stub for H. Create a symbol for the stub's
1367 value and size, to help make the disassembly easier to read. */
1370 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1371 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1372 const char *prefix, asection *s, bfd_vma value,
1375 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
1376 struct elf_link_hash_entry *elfh;
1379 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h->root.other))
1382 /* Create a new symbol. */
1383 name = ACONCAT ((prefix, h->root.root.root.string, NULL));
1385 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info, s->owner, name,
1386 BSF_LOCAL, s, value, NULL,
1390 /* Make it a local function. */
1391 elfh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
1392 elfh->type = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FUNC);
1394 elfh->forced_local = 1;
1398 /* We're about to redefine H. Create a symbol to represent H's
1399 current value and size, to help make the disassembly easier
1403 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1404 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1407 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
1408 struct elf_link_hash_entry *elfh;
1413 /* Read the symbol's value. */
1414 BFD_ASSERT (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1415 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
1416 s = h->root.root.u.def.section;
1417 value = h->root.root.u.def.value;
1419 /* Create a new symbol. */
1420 name = ACONCAT ((prefix, h->root.root.root.string, NULL));
1422 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info, s->owner, name,
1423 BSF_LOCAL, s, value, NULL,
1427 /* Make it local and copy the other attributes from H. */
1428 elfh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
1429 elfh->type = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, ELF_ST_TYPE (h->root.type));
1430 elfh->other = h->root.other;
1431 elfh->size = h->root.size;
1432 elfh->forced_local = 1;
1436 /* Return TRUE if relocations in SECTION can refer directly to a MIPS16
1437 function rather than to a hard-float stub. */
1440 section_allows_mips16_refs_p (asection *section)
1444 name = bfd_get_section_name (section->owner, section);
1445 return (FN_STUB_P (name)
1446 || CALL_STUB_P (name)
1447 || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name)
1448 || strcmp (name, ".pdr") == 0);
1451 /* [RELOCS, RELEND) are the relocations against SEC, which is a MIPS16
1452 stub section of some kind. Return the R_SYMNDX of the target
1453 function, or 0 if we can't decide which function that is. */
1455 static unsigned long
1456 mips16_stub_symndx (asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1457 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
1458 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend)
1460 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
1462 /* Trust the first R_MIPS_NONE relocation, if any. */
1463 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
1464 if (ELF_R_TYPE (sec->owner, rel->r_info) == R_MIPS_NONE)
1465 return ELF_R_SYM (sec->owner, rel->r_info);
1467 /* Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever its kind. This is
1468 the traditional behavior. */
1469 if (relocs < relend)
1470 return ELF_R_SYM (sec->owner, relocs->r_info);
1475 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1479 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1480 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
1482 /* Dynamic symbols must use the standard call interface, in case other
1483 objects try to call them. */
1484 if (h->fn_stub != NULL
1485 && h->root.dynindx != -1)
1487 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (info, h, ".mips16.");
1488 h->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
1491 if (h->fn_stub != NULL
1492 && ! h->need_fn_stub)
1494 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1495 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1496 being included in the link. */
1497 h->fn_stub->size = 0;
1498 h->fn_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1499 h->fn_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1500 h->fn_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1503 if (h->call_stub != NULL
1504 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other))
1506 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1507 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1508 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1509 h->call_stub->size = 0;
1510 h->call_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1511 h->call_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1512 h->call_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1515 if (h->call_fp_stub != NULL
1516 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other))
1518 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1519 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1520 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1521 h->call_fp_stub->size = 0;
1522 h->call_fp_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1523 h->call_fp_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1524 h->call_fp_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1528 /* Hashtable callbacks for mips_elf_la25_stubs. */
1531 mips_elf_la25_stub_hash (const void *entry_)
1533 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub *entry;
1535 entry = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry_;
1536 return entry->h->root.root.u.def.section->id
1537 + entry->h->root.root.u.def.value;
1541 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq (const void *entry1_, const void *entry2_)
1543 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub *entry1, *entry2;
1545 entry1 = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry1_;
1546 entry2 = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry2_;
1547 return ((entry1->h->root.root.u.def.section
1548 == entry2->h->root.root.u.def.section)
1549 && (entry1->h->root.root.u.def.value
1550 == entry2->h->root.root.u.def.value));
1553 /* Called by the linker to set up the la25 stub-creation code. FN is
1554 the linker's implementation of add_stub_function. Return true on
1558 _bfd_mips_elf_init_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1559 asection *(*fn) (const char *, asection *,
1562 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1564 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1568 htab->add_stub_section = fn;
1569 htab->la25_stubs = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_la25_stub_hash,
1570 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq, NULL);
1571 if (htab->la25_stubs == NULL)
1577 /* Return true if H is a locally-defined PIC function, in the sense
1578 that it or its fn_stub might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1579 Note that MIPS16 functions set up $gp using PC-relative instructions,
1580 so they themselves never need $25 to be valid. Only non-MIPS16
1581 entry points are of interest here. */
1584 mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
1586 return ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1587 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1588 && h->root.def_regular
1589 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h->root.root.u.def.section)
1590 && (!ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other)
1591 || (h->fn_stub && h->need_fn_stub))
1592 && (PIC_OBJECT_P (h->root.root.u.def.section->owner)
1593 || ELF_ST_IS_MIPS_PIC (h->root.other)));
1596 /* Set *SEC to the input section that contains the target of STUB.
1597 Return the offset of the target from the start of that section. */
1600 mips_elf_get_la25_target (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub,
1603 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (stub->h->root.other))
1605 BFD_ASSERT (stub->h->need_fn_stub);
1606 *sec = stub->h->fn_stub;
1611 *sec = stub->h->root.root.u.def.section;
1612 return stub->h->root.root.u.def.value;
1616 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1617 by inserting an LUI/ADDIU pair before the target function.
1618 Create the section and redirect the function symbol to it. */
1621 mips_elf_add_la25_intro (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub,
1622 struct bfd_link_info *info)
1624 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1626 asection *s, *input_section;
1629 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1633 /* Create a unique name for the new section. */
1634 name = bfd_malloc (11 + sizeof (".text.stub."));
1637 sprintf (name, ".text.stub.%d", (int) htab_elements (htab->la25_stubs));
1639 /* Create the section. */
1640 mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub, &input_section);
1641 s = htab->add_stub_section (name, input_section,
1642 input_section->output_section);
1646 /* Make sure that any padding goes before the stub. */
1647 align = input_section->alignment_power;
1648 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (s->owner, s, align))
1651 s->size = (1 << align) - 8;
1653 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1654 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info, stub->h, ".pic.", s, s->size, 8);
1655 stub->stub_section = s;
1656 stub->offset = s->size;
1658 /* Allocate room for it. */
1663 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1664 with a separate trampoline. Allocate room for it and redirect
1665 the function symbol to it. */
1668 mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub,
1669 struct bfd_link_info *info)
1671 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1674 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1678 /* Create a trampoline section, if we haven't already. */
1679 s = htab->strampoline;
1682 asection *input_section = stub->h->root.root.u.def.section;
1683 s = htab->add_stub_section (".text", NULL,
1684 input_section->output_section);
1685 if (s == NULL || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s->owner, s, 4))
1687 htab->strampoline = s;
1690 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1691 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info, stub->h, ".pic.", s, s->size, 16);
1692 stub->stub_section = s;
1693 stub->offset = s->size;
1695 /* Allocate room for it. */
1700 /* H describes a symbol that needs an la25 stub. Make sure that an
1701 appropriate stub exists and point H at it. */
1704 mips_elf_add_la25_stub (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1705 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
1707 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1708 struct mips_elf_la25_stub search, *stub;
1709 bfd_boolean use_trampoline_p;
1714 /* Describe the stub we want. */
1715 search.stub_section = NULL;
1719 /* See if we've already created an equivalent stub. */
1720 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1724 slot = htab_find_slot (htab->la25_stubs, &search, INSERT);
1728 stub = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) *slot;
1731 /* We can reuse the existing stub. */
1732 h->la25_stub = stub;
1736 /* Create a permanent copy of ENTRY and add it to the hash table. */
1737 stub = bfd_malloc (sizeof (search));
1743 /* Prefer to use LUI/ADDIU stubs if the function is at the beginning
1744 of the section and if we would need no more than 2 nops. */
1745 value = mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub, &s);
1746 use_trampoline_p = (value != 0 || s->alignment_power > 4);
1748 h->la25_stub = stub;
1749 return (use_trampoline_p
1750 ? mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (stub, info)
1751 : mips_elf_add_la25_intro (stub, info));
1754 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback that is called before sizing
1755 sections. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info structure. */
1758 mips_elf_check_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
1760 struct mips_htab_traverse_info *hti;
1762 hti = (struct mips_htab_traverse_info *) data;
1763 if (!hti->info->relocatable)
1764 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (hti->info, h);
1766 if (mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (h))
1768 /* PR 12845: If H is in a section that has been garbage
1769 collected it will have its output section set to *ABS*. */
1770 if (bfd_is_abs_section (h->root.root.u.def.section->output_section))
1773 /* H is a function that might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1774 If we're creating a non-PIC relocatable object, mark H as
1775 being PIC. If we're creating a non-relocatable object with
1776 non-PIC branches and jumps to H, make sure that H has an la25
1778 if (hti->info->relocatable)
1780 if (!PIC_OBJECT_P (hti->output_bfd))
1781 h->root.other = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PIC (h->root.other);
1783 else if (h->has_nonpic_branches && !mips_elf_add_la25_stub (hti->info, h))
1792 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
1793 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
1796 The format of these instructions is:
1798 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1799 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
1800 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1802 +-----------------------------------------------+
1804 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
1805 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
1807 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
1808 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
1809 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
1810 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
1811 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
1812 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
1813 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
1814 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
1815 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
1816 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
1819 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
1820 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
1821 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
1822 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
1823 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
1824 value as two 16-bit values.
1826 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
1830 +--------+----------------------+
1834 +--------+----------------------+
1837 +----------+------+-------------+
1841 +----------+--------------------+
1842 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
1843 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
1845 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
1846 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1847 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
1848 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1849 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
1851 The table below lists the other MIPS16 instruction relocations.
1852 Each one is calculated in the same way as the non-MIPS16 relocation
1853 given on the right, but using the extended MIPS16 layout of 16-bit
1856 R_MIPS16_GPREL R_MIPS_GPREL16
1857 R_MIPS16_GOT16 R_MIPS_GOT16
1858 R_MIPS16_CALL16 R_MIPS_CALL16
1859 R_MIPS16_HI16 R_MIPS_HI16
1860 R_MIPS16_LO16 R_MIPS_LO16
1862 A typical instruction will have a format like this:
1864 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1865 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
1866 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1867 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
1868 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1870 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
1873 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately.
1874 As above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
1875 little-endian system. */
1877 static inline bfd_boolean
1878 mips16_reloc_p (int r_type)
1883 case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
1884 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
1885 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
1895 /* Check if a microMIPS reloc. */
1897 static inline bfd_boolean
1898 micromips_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
1900 return r_type >= R_MICROMIPS_min && r_type < R_MICROMIPS_max;
1903 /* Similar to MIPS16, the two 16-bit halves in microMIPS must be swapped
1904 on a little-endian system. This does not apply to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
1905 and R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1 relocs that apply to 16-bit instructions. */
1907 static inline bfd_boolean
1908 micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (unsigned int r_type)
1910 return (micromips_reloc_p (r_type)
1911 && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
1912 && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1);
1915 static inline bfd_boolean
1916 got16_reloc_p (int r_type)
1918 return (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16
1919 || r_type == R_MIPS16_GOT16
1920 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT16);
1923 static inline bfd_boolean
1924 call16_reloc_p (int r_type)
1926 return (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL16
1927 || r_type == R_MIPS16_CALL16
1928 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_CALL16);
1931 static inline bfd_boolean
1932 got_disp_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
1934 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_DISP || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP;
1937 static inline bfd_boolean
1938 got_page_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
1940 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE;
1943 static inline bfd_boolean
1944 got_ofst_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
1946 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_OFST || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST;
1949 static inline bfd_boolean
1950 got_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
1952 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_HI16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16;
1955 static inline bfd_boolean
1956 got_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
1958 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16;
1961 static inline bfd_boolean
1962 call_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
1964 return r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16;
1967 static inline bfd_boolean
1968 call_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
1970 return r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_LO16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16;
1973 static inline bfd_boolean
1974 hi16_reloc_p (int r_type)
1976 return (r_type == R_MIPS_HI16
1977 || r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16
1978 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI16);
1981 static inline bfd_boolean
1982 lo16_reloc_p (int r_type)
1984 return (r_type == R_MIPS_LO16
1985 || r_type == R_MIPS16_LO16
1986 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_LO16);
1989 static inline bfd_boolean
1990 mips16_call_reloc_p (int r_type)
1992 return r_type == R_MIPS16_26 || r_type == R_MIPS16_CALL16;
1995 static inline bfd_boolean
1996 jal_reloc_p (int r_type)
1998 return (r_type == R_MIPS_26
1999 || r_type == R_MIPS16_26
2000 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1);
2003 static inline bfd_boolean
2004 micromips_branch_reloc_p (int r_type)
2006 return (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
2007 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2008 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2009 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1);
2012 static inline bfd_boolean
2013 tls_gd_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2015 return r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD;
2018 static inline bfd_boolean
2019 tls_ldm_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2021 return r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM;
2024 static inline bfd_boolean
2025 tls_gottprel_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2027 return r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL;
2031 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type,
2032 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data)
2034 bfd_vma first, second, val;
2036 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type))
2039 /* Pick up the first and second halfwords of the instruction. */
2040 first = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data);
2041 second = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data + 2);
2042 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type) || (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !jal_shuffle))
2043 val = first << 16 | second;
2044 else if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26)
2045 val = (((first & 0xf800) << 16) | ((second & 0xffe0) << 11)
2046 | ((first & 0x1f) << 11) | (first & 0x7e0) | (second & 0x1f));
2048 val = (((first & 0xfc00) << 16) | ((first & 0x3e0) << 11)
2049 | ((first & 0x1f) << 21) | second);
2050 bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, data);
2054 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type,
2055 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data)
2057 bfd_vma first, second, val;
2059 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type))
2062 val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, data);
2063 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type) || (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !jal_shuffle))
2065 second = val & 0xffff;
2068 else if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26)
2070 second = ((val >> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val & 0x1f);
2071 first = ((val >> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val >> 11) & 0x1f) | (val & 0x7e0);
2075 second = val & 0xffff;
2076 first = ((val >> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val >> 11) & 0x3e0)
2077 | ((val >> 21) & 0x1f);
2079 bfd_put_16 (abfd, second, data + 2);
2080 bfd_put_16 (abfd, first, data);
2083 bfd_reloc_status_type
2084 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd *abfd, asymbol *symbol,
2085 arelent *reloc_entry, asection *input_section,
2086 bfd_boolean relocatable, void *data, bfd_vma gp)
2090 bfd_reloc_status_type status;
2092 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
2095 relocation = symbol->value;
2097 relocation += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
2098 relocation += symbol->section->output_offset;
2100 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2101 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2103 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
2104 val = reloc_entry->addend;
2106 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val, 16);
2108 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
2109 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
2110 an external symbol. */
2112 || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
2113 val += relocation - gp;
2115 if (reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace)
2117 status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val,
2119 + reloc_entry->address);
2120 if (status != bfd_reloc_ok)
2124 reloc_entry->addend = val;
2127 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
2129 return bfd_reloc_ok;
2132 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
2133 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
2134 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
2139 struct mips_hi16 *next;
2141 asection *input_section;
2145 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
2147 static struct mips_hi16 *mips_hi16_list;
2149 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
2150 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
2151 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
2153 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
2154 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
2155 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
2156 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
2158 bfd_reloc_status_type
2159 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
2160 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, void *data,
2161 asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
2162 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2164 struct mips_hi16 *n;
2166 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2167 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2169 n = bfd_malloc (sizeof *n);
2171 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2173 n->next = mips_hi16_list;
2175 n->input_section = input_section;
2176 n->rel = *reloc_entry;
2179 if (output_bfd != NULL)
2180 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
2182 return bfd_reloc_ok;
2185 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations. This is just
2186 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
2187 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
2189 bfd_reloc_status_type
2190 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
2191 void *data, asection *input_section,
2192 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
2194 if ((symbol->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0
2195 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol))
2196 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol)))
2197 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
2198 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
2199 input_section, output_bfd,
2202 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
2203 input_section, output_bfd, error_message);
2206 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
2207 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
2208 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
2210 bfd_reloc_status_type
2211 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
2212 void *data, asection *input_section,
2213 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
2216 bfd_byte *location = (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address;
2218 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2219 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2221 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2223 vallo = bfd_get_32 (abfd, location);
2224 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2227 while (mips_hi16_list != NULL)
2229 bfd_reloc_status_type ret;
2230 struct mips_hi16 *hi;
2232 hi = mips_hi16_list;
2234 /* R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
2235 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS*_HI16
2236 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
2237 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
2238 has a rightshift of 0. */
2239 if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS_GOT16)
2240 hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MIPS_HI16, FALSE);
2241 else if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS16_GOT16)
2242 hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MIPS16_HI16, FALSE);
2243 else if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT16)
2244 hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MICROMIPS_HI16, FALSE);
2246 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
2247 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
2248 hi->rel.addend += (vallo + 0x8000) & 0xffff;
2250 ret = _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, &hi->rel, symbol, hi->data,
2251 hi->input_section, output_bfd,
2253 if (ret != bfd_reloc_ok)
2256 mips_hi16_list = hi->next;
2260 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
2261 input_section, output_bfd,
2265 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
2266 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
2267 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
2269 bfd_reloc_status_type
2270 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
2271 asymbol *symbol, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2272 asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
2273 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2276 bfd_reloc_status_type status;
2277 bfd_boolean relocatable;
2279 relocatable = (output_bfd != NULL);
2281 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2282 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2284 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
2286 if (!relocatable || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
2288 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
2289 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
2290 offset or address. */
2291 val += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
2292 val += symbol->section->output_offset;
2297 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
2298 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
2299 val += symbol->value;
2300 if (reloc_entry->howto->pc_relative)
2302 val -= input_section->output_section->vma;
2303 val -= input_section->output_offset;
2304 val -= reloc_entry->address;
2308 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
2309 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
2310 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
2311 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
2312 if (relocatable && !reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace)
2313 reloc_entry->addend += val;
2316 bfd_byte *location = (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address;
2318 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
2319 val += reloc_entry->addend;
2321 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
2322 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2324 status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val,
2326 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2329 if (status != bfd_reloc_ok)
2334 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
2336 return bfd_reloc_ok;
2339 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
2340 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
2343 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_gptab *ex,
2346 in->gt_entry.gt_g_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
2347 in->gt_entry.gt_bytes = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
2351 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_gptab *in,
2352 Elf32_External_gptab *ex)
2354 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_g_value, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
2355 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_bytes, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
2359 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_compact_rel *in,
2360 Elf32_External_compact_rel *ex)
2362 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id1, ex->id1);
2363 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->num, ex->num);
2364 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id2, ex->id2);
2365 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->offset, ex->offset);
2366 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved0, ex->reserved0);
2367 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved1, ex->reserved1);
2371 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_crinfo *in,
2372 Elf32_External_crinfo *ex)
2376 l = (((in->ctype & CRINFO_CTYPE) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH)
2377 | ((in->rtype & CRINFO_RTYPE) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH)
2378 | ((in->dist2to & CRINFO_DIST2TO) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH)
2379 | ((in->relvaddr & CRINFO_RELVADDR) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH));
2380 H_PUT_32 (abfd, l, ex->info);
2381 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->konst, ex->konst);
2382 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->vaddr, ex->vaddr);
2385 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
2386 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
2387 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
2390 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex,
2393 in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
2394 in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2395 in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2396 in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2397 in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2398 in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
2402 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_RegInfo *in,
2403 Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex)
2405 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
2406 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2407 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2408 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2409 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2410 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
2413 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
2414 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
2415 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
2416 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
2417 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
2420 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex,
2421 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in)
2423 in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
2424 in->ri_pad = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_pad);
2425 in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2426 in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2427 in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2428 in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2429 in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_64 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
2433 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in,
2434 Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex)
2436 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
2437 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_pad, ex->ri_pad);
2438 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2439 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2440 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2441 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2442 H_PUT_64 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
2445 /* Swap in an options header. */
2448 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf_External_Options *ex,
2449 Elf_Internal_Options *in)
2451 in->kind = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->kind);
2452 in->size = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->size);
2453 in->section = H_GET_16 (abfd, ex->section);
2454 in->info = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->info);
2457 /* Swap out an options header. */
2460 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Options *in,
2461 Elf_External_Options *ex)
2463 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->kind, ex->kind);
2464 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->size, ex->size);
2465 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->section, ex->section);
2466 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->info, ex->info);
2469 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
2470 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
2473 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
2475 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1;
2476 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2;
2479 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, &int_reloc1);
2480 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, &int_reloc2);
2482 diff = ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1.r_info) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2.r_info);
2486 if (int_reloc1.r_offset < int_reloc2.r_offset)
2488 if (int_reloc1.r_offset > int_reloc2.r_offset)
2493 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
2496 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2497 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2500 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1[3];
2501 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2[3];
2503 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in)
2504 (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, int_reloc1);
2505 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in)
2506 (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, int_reloc2);
2508 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1[0].r_info) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2[0].r_info))
2510 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1[0].r_info) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2[0].r_info))
2513 if (int_reloc1[0].r_offset < int_reloc2[0].r_offset)
2515 if (int_reloc1[0].r_offset > int_reloc2[0].r_offset)
2524 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
2525 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
2526 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
2527 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
2528 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
2529 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
2530 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
2531 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
2532 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
2533 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
2534 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
2535 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
2536 when generating a final executable. */
2539 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
2541 struct extsym_info *einfo = data;
2543 asection *sec, *output_section;
2545 if (h->root.indx == -2)
2547 else if ((h->root.def_dynamic
2548 || h->root.ref_dynamic
2549 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
2550 && !h->root.def_regular
2551 && !h->root.ref_regular)
2553 else if (einfo->info->strip == strip_all
2554 || (einfo->info->strip == strip_some
2555 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo->info->keep_hash,
2556 h->root.root.root.string,
2557 FALSE, FALSE) == NULL))
2565 if (h->esym.ifd == -2)
2568 h->esym.cobol_main = 0;
2569 h->esym.weakext = 0;
2570 h->esym.reserved = 0;
2571 h->esym.ifd = ifdNil;
2572 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2573 h->esym.asym.st = stGlobal;
2575 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
2576 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
2580 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
2582 name = h->root.root.root.string;
2583 if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
2584 || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
2586 h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
2587 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
2588 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2590 else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
2592 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2593 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
2594 h->esym.asym.value =
2595 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo->info)->procedure_count;
2597 else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo->abfd))
2599 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2600 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
2601 h->esym.asym.value = elf_gp (einfo->abfd);
2604 h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
2606 else if (h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
2607 && h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2608 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2613 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
2614 output_section = sec->output_section;
2616 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
2617 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
2618 if (output_section == NULL)
2619 h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
2622 name = bfd_section_name (output_section->owner, output_section);
2624 if (strcmp (name, ".text") == 0)
2625 h->esym.asym.sc = scText;
2626 else if (strcmp (name, ".data") == 0)
2627 h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
2628 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0)
2629 h->esym.asym.sc = scSData;
2630 else if (strcmp (name, ".rodata") == 0
2631 || strcmp (name, ".rdata") == 0)
2632 h->esym.asym.sc = scRData;
2633 else if (strcmp (name, ".bss") == 0)
2634 h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
2635 else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
2636 h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
2637 else if (strcmp (name, ".init") == 0)
2638 h->esym.asym.sc = scInit;
2639 else if (strcmp (name, ".fini") == 0)
2640 h->esym.asym.sc = scFini;
2642 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2646 h->esym.asym.reserved = 0;
2647 h->esym.asym.index = indexNil;
2650 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_common)
2651 h->esym.asym.value = h->root.root.u.c.size;
2652 else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2653 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2655 if (h->esym.asym.sc == scCommon)
2656 h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
2657 else if (h->esym.asym.sc == scSCommon)
2658 h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
2660 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
2661 output_section = sec->output_section;
2662 if (output_section != NULL)
2663 h->esym.asym.value = (h->root.root.u.def.value
2664 + sec->output_offset
2665 + output_section->vma);
2667 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2671 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hd = h;
2673 while (hd->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
2674 hd = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h->root.root.u.i.link;
2676 if (hd->needs_lazy_stub)
2678 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
2679 h->esym.asym.st = stProc;
2680 sec = hd->root.root.u.def.section;
2682 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2685 output_section = sec->output_section;
2686 if (output_section != NULL)
2687 h->esym.asym.value = (hd->root.plt.offset
2688 + sec->output_offset
2689 + output_section->vma);
2691 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2696 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo->abfd, einfo->debug, einfo->swap,
2697 h->root.root.root.string,
2700 einfo->failed = TRUE;
2707 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
2710 gptab_compare (const void *p1, const void *p2)
2712 const Elf32_gptab *a1 = p1;
2713 const Elf32_gptab *a2 = p2;
2715 return a1->gt_entry.gt_g_value - a2->gt_entry.gt_g_value;
2718 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
2720 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
2723 static INLINE hashval_t
2724 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr)
2727 return addr + (addr >> 32);
2733 /* got_entries only match if they're identical, except for gotidx, so
2734 use all fields to compute the hash, and compare the appropriate
2738 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
2740 const struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry_;
2742 return entry->symndx
2743 + ((entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM) << 17)
2744 + (! entry->abfd ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.address)
2746 + (entry->symndx >= 0 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.addend)
2747 : entry->d.h->root.root.root.hash));
2751 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
2753 const struct mips_got_entry *e1 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry1;
2754 const struct mips_got_entry *e2 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry2;
2756 /* An LDM entry can only match another LDM entry. */
2757 if ((e1->tls_type ^ e2->tls_type) & GOT_TLS_LDM)
2760 return e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->symndx == e2->symndx
2761 && (! e1->abfd ? e1->d.address == e2->d.address
2762 : e1->symndx >= 0 ? e1->d.addend == e2->d.addend
2763 : e1->d.h == e2->d.h);
2766 /* multi_got_entries are still a match in the case of global objects,
2767 even if the input bfd in which they're referenced differs, so the
2768 hash computation and compare functions are adjusted
2772 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
2774 const struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry_;
2776 return entry->symndx
2778 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.address)
2779 : entry->symndx >= 0
2780 ? ((entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM)
2781 ? (GOT_TLS_LDM << 17)
2783 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.addend)))
2784 : entry->d.h->root.root.root.hash);
2788 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
2790 const struct mips_got_entry *e1 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry1;
2791 const struct mips_got_entry *e2 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry2;
2793 /* Any two LDM entries match. */
2794 if (e1->tls_type & e2->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM)
2797 /* Nothing else matches an LDM entry. */
2798 if ((e1->tls_type ^ e2->tls_type) & GOT_TLS_LDM)
2801 return e1->symndx == e2->symndx
2802 && (e1->symndx >= 0 ? e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->d.addend == e2->d.addend
2803 : e1->abfd == NULL || e2->abfd == NULL
2804 ? e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->d.address == e2->d.address
2805 : e1->d.h == e2->d.h);
2809 mips_got_page_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
2811 const struct mips_got_page_entry *entry;
2813 entry = (const struct mips_got_page_entry *) entry_;
2814 return entry->abfd->id + entry->symndx;
2818 mips_got_page_entry_eq (const void *entry1_, const void *entry2_)
2820 const struct mips_got_page_entry *entry1, *entry2;
2822 entry1 = (const struct mips_got_page_entry *) entry1_;
2823 entry2 = (const struct mips_got_page_entry *) entry2_;
2824 return entry1->abfd == entry2->abfd && entry1->symndx == entry2->symndx;
2827 /* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
2828 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
2829 if creation fails. */
2832 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_boolean create_p)
2838 dname = MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info);
2839 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
2840 sreloc = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, dname);
2841 if (sreloc == NULL && create_p)
2843 sreloc = bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj, dname,
2848 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2851 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, sreloc,
2852 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj)))
2858 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
2859 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
2863 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info *info, unsigned char tls_type,
2864 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
2868 bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE;
2869 bfd_boolean dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
2871 if (h && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
2872 && (!info->shared || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)))
2875 if ((info->shared || indx != 0)
2877 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
2878 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
2884 if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
2891 if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
2894 if ((tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM) && info->shared)
2900 /* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the GOT entry in
2901 ARG1, if it describes a local symbol. */
2904 mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs (void **arg1, void *arg2)
2906 struct mips_got_entry *entry = * (struct mips_got_entry **) arg1;
2907 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg *arg = arg2;
2909 if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx != -1)
2910 arg->needed += mips_tls_got_relocs (arg->info, entry->tls_type, NULL);
2915 /* Count the number of TLS GOT entries required for the global (or
2916 forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
2919 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries (void *arg1, void *arg2)
2921 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hm
2922 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) arg1;
2923 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg *arg = arg2;
2925 if (hm->tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
2927 if (hm->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
2933 /* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the global (or
2934 forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
2937 mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs (void *arg1, void *arg2)
2939 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hm
2940 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) arg1;
2941 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg *arg = arg2;
2943 arg->needed += mips_tls_got_relocs (arg->info, hm->tls_type, &hm->root);
2948 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
2951 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd *output_bfd,
2953 unsigned long reloc_index,
2958 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
2960 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
2962 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, indx, r_type);
2963 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset = offset;
2965 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
2967 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out)
2968 (output_bfd, &rel[0],
2970 + reloc_index * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)));
2973 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
2974 (output_bfd, &rel[0],
2976 + reloc_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
2979 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
2982 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd *abfd, bfd_vma got_offset,
2983 unsigned char *tls_type_p,
2984 struct bfd_link_info *info,
2985 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
2988 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2990 asection *sreloc, *sgot;
2991 bfd_vma offset, offset2;
2992 bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE;
2994 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3003 bfd_boolean dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
3005 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, &h->root)
3006 && (!info->shared || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root)))
3007 indx = h->root.dynindx;
3010 if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_DONE)
3013 if ((info->shared || indx != 0)
3015 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT
3016 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
3019 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
3020 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
3021 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
3022 BFD_ASSERT (value != MINUS_ONE || (indx != 0 && need_relocs)
3023 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak);
3025 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
3026 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
3028 /* General Dynamic. */
3029 if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_GD)
3031 offset = got_offset;
3032 offset2 = offset + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
3036 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3037 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
3038 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32,
3039 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + offset);
3042 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3043 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
3044 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32,
3045 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + offset2);
3047 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - dtprel_base (info),
3048 sgot->contents + offset2);
3052 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 1,
3053 sgot->contents + offset);
3054 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - dtprel_base (info),
3055 sgot->contents + offset2);
3058 got_offset += 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
3061 /* Initial Exec model. */
3062 if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_IE)
3064 offset = got_offset;
3069 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma,
3070 sgot->contents + offset);
3072 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 0,
3073 sgot->contents + offset);
3075 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3076 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
3077 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 : R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32,
3078 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + offset);
3081 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - tprel_base (info),
3082 sgot->contents + offset);
3085 if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_LDM)
3087 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
3088 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
3089 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 0,
3090 sgot->contents + got_offset
3091 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd));
3094 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 1,
3095 sgot->contents + got_offset);
3097 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3098 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
3099 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32,
3100 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + got_offset);
3103 *tls_type_p |= GOT_TLS_DONE;
3106 /* Return the GOT index to use for a relocation of type R_TYPE against
3107 a symbol accessed using TLS_TYPE models. The GOT entries for this
3108 symbol in this GOT start at GOT_INDEX. This function initializes the
3109 GOT entries and corresponding relocations. */
3112 mips_tls_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd_vma got_index, unsigned char *tls_type,
3113 int r_type, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3114 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, bfd_vma symbol)
3116 BFD_ASSERT (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type)
3117 || tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type)
3118 || tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type));
3120 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd, got_index, tls_type, info, h, symbol);
3122 if (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type))
3124 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE);
3125 if (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
3126 return got_index + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
3131 if (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type))
3133 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD);
3137 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
3139 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM);
3146 /* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
3147 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
3148 will be negative. */
3151 mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info *info,
3152 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
3154 bfd_vma plt_index, got_address, got_value;
3155 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3157 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3158 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3160 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1);
3162 /* This function only works for VxWorks, because a non-VxWorks .got.plt
3163 section starts with reserved entries. */
3164 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
3166 /* Calculate the index of the symbol's PLT entry. */
3167 plt_index = (h->plt.offset - htab->plt_header_size) / htab->plt_entry_size;
3169 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
3170 got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
3171 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
3174 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3175 got_value = (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
3176 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset
3177 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
3179 return got_address - got_value;
3182 /* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE. If there is not yet a GOT
3183 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
3184 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
3185 offset can be found. */
3188 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3189 bfd_vma value, unsigned long r_symndx,
3190 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, int r_type)
3192 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3193 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3195 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3196 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3198 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, value,
3199 r_symndx, h, r_type);
3203 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
3205 if (entry->symndx == -1 && htab->got_info->next == NULL)
3206 /* A type (3) entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's
3207 hash table entry to track the index. */
3208 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd, h->tls_got_offset, &h->tls_type,
3209 r_type, info, h, value);
3211 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd, entry->gotidx, &entry->tls_type,
3212 r_type, info, h, value);
3215 return entry->gotidx;
3218 /* Returns the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H. */
3221 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3222 int r_type, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3224 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3226 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
3227 long global_got_dynindx = 0;
3229 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3230 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3232 gg = g = htab->got_info;
3233 if (g->bfd2got && ibfd)
3235 struct mips_got_entry e, *p;
3237 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= 0);
3239 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g, ibfd);
3240 if (g->next != gg || TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
3244 e.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h;
3247 p = htab_find (g->got_entries, &e);
3249 BFD_ASSERT (p->gotidx > 0);
3251 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
3253 bfd_vma value = MINUS_ONE;
3254 if ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
3255 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
3256 && h->root.u.def.section->output_section)
3257 value = (h->root.u.def.value
3258 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
3259 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma);
3261 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd, p->gotidx, &p->tls_type, r_type,
3262 info, e.d.h, value);
3269 if (gg->global_gotsym != NULL)
3270 global_got_dynindx = gg->global_gotsym->dynindx;
3272 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
3274 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hm
3275 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3276 bfd_vma value = MINUS_ONE;
3278 if ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
3279 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
3280 && h->root.u.def.section->output_section)
3281 value = (h->root.u.def.value
3282 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
3283 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma);
3285 got_index = mips_tls_got_index (abfd, hm->tls_got_offset, &hm->tls_type,
3286 r_type, info, hm, value);
3290 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
3291 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
3292 indices into the GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the GOT
3294 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= global_got_dynindx);
3295 got_index = ((h->dynindx - global_got_dynindx + g->local_gotno)
3296 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd));
3298 BFD_ASSERT (got_index < htab->sgot->size);
3303 /* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These
3304 entries are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
3305 within 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no
3306 entry could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
3307 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
3310 mips_elf_got_page (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3311 bfd_vma value, bfd_vma *offsetp)
3313 bfd_vma page, got_index;
3314 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3316 page = (value + 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff;
3317 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, page, 0,
3318 NULL, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE);
3323 got_index = entry->gotidx;
3326 *offsetp = value - entry->d.address;
3331 /* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
3332 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was originally against a global
3333 symbol that binds locally. */
3336 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3337 bfd_vma value, bfd_boolean external)
3339 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3341 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
3342 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
3343 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
3344 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
3346 value = mips_elf_high (value) << 16;
3348 /* It doesn't matter whether the original relocation was R_MIPS_GOT16,
3349 R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MIPS_CALL16, etc. The format of the entry is the
3350 same in all cases. */
3351 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, value, 0,
3352 NULL, R_MIPS_GOT16);
3354 return entry->gotidx;
3359 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
3363 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *output_bfd,
3364 bfd *input_bfd, bfd_vma got_index)
3366 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3370 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3371 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3374 gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd)
3375 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd, htab->got_info, input_bfd);
3377 return sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset + got_index - gp;
3380 /* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
3381 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
3382 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
3385 static struct mips_got_entry *
3386 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3387 bfd *ibfd, bfd_vma value,
3388 unsigned long r_symndx,
3389 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3392 struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
3393 struct mips_got_info *g;
3394 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3396 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3397 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3401 entry.d.address = value;
3404 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (htab->got_info, ibfd);
3407 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (htab->got_info, abfd);
3408 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
3411 /* This function shouldn't be called for symbols that live in the global
3413 BFD_ASSERT (h == NULL || h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE);
3414 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
3416 struct mips_got_entry *p;
3419 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
3421 entry.tls_type = GOT_TLS_LDM;
3427 entry.symndx = r_symndx;
3433 p = (struct mips_got_entry *)
3434 htab_find (g->got_entries, &entry);
3440 loc = (struct mips_got_entry **) htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry,
3445 entry.gotidx = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * g->assigned_gotno++;
3448 *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
3453 memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
3455 if (g->assigned_gotno > g->local_gotno)
3457 (*loc)->gotidx = -1;
3458 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
3459 (*_bfd_error_handler)
3460 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
3461 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3465 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value,
3466 (htab->sgot->contents + entry.gotidx));
3468 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */
3469 if (htab->is_vxworks)
3471 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
3474 bfd_vma got_address;
3476 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
3477 got_address = (htab->sgot->output_section->vma
3478 + htab->sgot->output_offset
3481 rloc = s->contents + (s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
3482 outrel.r_offset = got_address;
3483 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_MIPS_32);
3484 outrel.r_addend = value;
3485 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &outrel, rloc);
3491 /* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
3492 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
3493 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
3494 the current linking stage. */
3496 static bfd_size_type
3497 count_section_dynsyms (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3499 bfd_size_type count;
3502 if (info->shared || elf_hash_table (info)->is_relocatable_executable)
3505 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3507 bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
3508 for (p = output_bfd->sections; p ; p = p->next)
3509 if ((p->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
3510 && (p->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
3511 && !(*bed->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym) (output_bfd, info, p))
3517 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
3518 appear towards the end. */
3521 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3523 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3524 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd;
3525 struct mips_got_info *g;
3527 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount == 0)
3530 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3531 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3538 hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx
3539 = hsd.min_got_dynindx
3540 = (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - g->reloc_only_gotno);
3541 hsd.max_non_got_dynindx = count_section_dynsyms (abfd, info) + 1;
3542 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *)
3543 elf_hash_table (info)),
3544 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f,
3547 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
3548 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
3549 BFD_ASSERT (hsd.max_non_got_dynindx <= hsd.min_got_dynindx);
3550 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long) hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx
3551 == elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount);
3552 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - hsd.min_got_dynindx
3553 == g->global_gotno);
3555 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
3556 table index in the GOT. */
3557 g->global_gotsym = hsd.low;
3562 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
3563 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
3567 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
3569 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data *hsd = data;
3571 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
3573 if (h->root.dynindx == -1)
3576 switch (h->global_got_area)
3579 h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_non_got_dynindx++;
3583 BFD_ASSERT (h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL);
3585 h->root.dynindx = --hsd->min_got_dynindx;
3586 hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3589 case GGA_RELOC_ONLY:
3590 BFD_ASSERT (h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL);
3592 if (hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx == hsd->min_got_dynindx)
3593 hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3594 h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx++;
3601 /* If H is a symbol that needs a global GOT entry, but has a dynamic
3602 symbol table index lower than any we've seen to date, record it for
3603 posterity. FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in
3604 using the GOT entry for calls. */
3607 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3608 bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3609 bfd_boolean for_call,
3610 unsigned char tls_flag)
3612 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3613 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
3614 struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
3615 struct mips_got_info *g;
3617 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3618 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3620 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3622 hmips->got_only_for_calls = FALSE;
3624 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
3626 if (h->dynindx == -1)
3628 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
3632 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, h, TRUE);
3635 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3639 /* Make sure we have a GOT to put this entry into. */
3641 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
3645 entry.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3648 loc = (struct mips_got_entry **) htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry,
3651 /* If we've already marked this entry as needing GOT space, we don't
3652 need to do it again. */
3655 (*loc)->tls_type |= tls_flag;
3659 *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
3665 entry.tls_type = tls_flag;
3667 memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
3670 hmips->global_got_area = GGA_NORMAL;
3675 /* Reserve space in G for a GOT entry containing the value of symbol
3676 SYMNDX in input bfd ABDF, plus ADDEND. */
3679 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd *abfd, long symndx, bfd_vma addend,
3680 struct bfd_link_info *info,
3681 unsigned char tls_flag)
3683 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3684 struct mips_got_info *g;
3685 struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
3687 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3688 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3691 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
3694 entry.symndx = symndx;
3695 entry.d.addend = addend;
3696 entry.tls_type = tls_flag;
3697 loc = (struct mips_got_entry **)
3698 htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry, INSERT);
3702 if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_GD && !((*loc)->tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD))
3705 (*loc)->tls_type |= tls_flag;
3707 else if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_IE && !((*loc)->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE))
3710 (*loc)->tls_type |= tls_flag;
3718 entry.tls_type = tls_flag;
3719 if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_IE)
3721 else if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_GD)
3723 else if (g->tls_ldm_offset == MINUS_ONE)
3725 g->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_TWO;
3731 entry.gotidx = g->local_gotno++;
3735 *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
3740 memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
3745 /* Return the maximum number of GOT page entries required for RANGE. */
3748 mips_elf_pages_for_range (const struct mips_got_page_range *range)
3750 return (range->max_addend - range->min_addend + 0x1ffff) >> 16;
3753 /* Record that ABFD has a page relocation against symbol SYMNDX and
3754 that ADDEND is the addend for that relocation.
3756 This function creates an upper bound on the number of GOT slots
3757 required; no attempt is made to combine references to non-overridable
3758 global symbols across multiple input files. */
3761 mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *abfd,
3762 long symndx, bfd_signed_vma addend)
3764 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3765 struct mips_got_info *g;
3766 struct mips_got_page_entry lookup, *entry;
3767 struct mips_got_page_range **range_ptr, *range;
3768 bfd_vma old_pages, new_pages;
3771 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3772 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3775 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
3777 /* Find the mips_got_page_entry hash table entry for this symbol. */
3779 lookup.symndx = symndx;
3780 loc = htab_find_slot (g->got_page_entries, &lookup, INSERT);
3784 /* Create a mips_got_page_entry if this is the first time we've
3786 entry = (struct mips_got_page_entry *) *loc;
3789 entry = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*entry));
3794 entry->symndx = symndx;
3795 entry->ranges = NULL;
3796 entry->num_pages = 0;
3800 /* Skip over ranges whose maximum extent cannot share a page entry
3802 range_ptr = &entry->ranges;
3803 while (*range_ptr && addend > (*range_ptr)->max_addend + 0xffff)
3804 range_ptr = &(*range_ptr)->next;
3806 /* If we scanned to the end of the list, or found a range whose
3807 minimum extent cannot share a page entry with ADDEND, create
3808 a new singleton range. */
3810 if (!range || addend < range->min_addend - 0xffff)
3812 range = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*range));
3816 range->next = *range_ptr;
3817 range->min_addend = addend;
3818 range->max_addend = addend;
3826 /* Remember how many pages the old range contributed. */
3827 old_pages = mips_elf_pages_for_range (range);
3829 /* Update the ranges. */
3830 if (addend < range->min_addend)
3831 range->min_addend = addend;
3832 else if (addend > range->max_addend)
3834 if (range->next && addend >= range->next->min_addend - 0xffff)
3836 old_pages += mips_elf_pages_for_range (range->next);
3837 range->max_addend = range->next->max_addend;
3838 range->next = range->next->next;
3841 range->max_addend = addend;
3844 /* Record any change in the total estimate. */
3845 new_pages = mips_elf_pages_for_range (range);
3846 if (old_pages != new_pages)
3848 entry->num_pages += new_pages - old_pages;
3849 g->page_gotno += new_pages - old_pages;
3855 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
3858 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3862 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3864 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3865 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3867 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
3868 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3870 if (htab->is_vxworks)
3871 s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd);
3876 /* Make room for a null element. */
3877 s->size += MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
3880 s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
3884 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Set boolean *DATA to true
3885 if the GOT entry is for an indirect or warning symbol. */
3888 mips_elf_check_recreate_got (void **entryp, void *data)
3890 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3891 bfd_boolean *must_recreate;
3893 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
3894 must_recreate = (bfd_boolean *) data;
3895 if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1)
3897 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3900 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
3901 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3903 *must_recreate = TRUE;
3910 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Add all entries to
3911 hash table *DATA, converting entries for indirect and warning
3912 symbols into entries for the target symbol. Set *DATA to null
3916 mips_elf_recreate_got (void **entryp, void *data)
3919 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3922 new_got = (htab_t *) data;
3923 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
3924 if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1)
3926 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3929 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
3930 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3932 BFD_ASSERT (h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE);
3933 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
3937 slot = htab_find_slot (*new_got, entry, INSERT);
3950 /* If any entries in G->got_entries are for indirect or warning symbols,
3951 replace them with entries for the target symbol. */
3954 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct mips_got_info *g)
3956 bfd_boolean must_recreate;
3959 must_recreate = FALSE;
3960 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_check_recreate_got, &must_recreate);
3963 new_got = htab_create (htab_size (g->got_entries),
3964 mips_elf_got_entry_hash,
3965 mips_elf_got_entry_eq, NULL);
3966 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_recreate_got, &new_got);
3967 if (new_got == NULL)
3970 /* Each entry in g->got_entries has either been copied to new_got
3971 or freed. Now delete the hash table itself. */
3972 htab_delete (g->got_entries);
3973 g->got_entries = new_got;
3978 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points
3979 to the link_info structure. Count the number of type (3) entries
3980 in the master GOT. */
3983 mips_elf_count_got_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
3985 struct bfd_link_info *info;
3986 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3987 struct mips_got_info *g;
3989 info = (struct bfd_link_info *) data;
3990 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3992 if (h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
3994 /* Make a final decision about whether the symbol belongs in the
3995 local or global GOT. Symbols that bind locally can (and in the
3996 case of forced-local symbols, must) live in the local GOT.
3997 Those that are aren't in the dynamic symbol table must also
3998 live in the local GOT.
4000 Note that the former condition does not always imply the
4001 latter: symbols do not bind locally if they are completely
4002 undefined. We'll report undefined symbols later if appropriate. */
4003 if (h->root.dynindx == -1
4004 || (h->got_only_for_calls
4005 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, &h->root)
4006 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root)))
4008 /* The symbol belongs in the local GOT. We no longer need this
4009 entry if it was only used for relocations; those relocations
4010 will be against the null or section symbol instead of H. */
4011 if (h->global_got_area != GGA_RELOC_ONLY)
4013 h->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
4015 else if (htab->is_vxworks
4016 && h->got_only_for_calls
4017 && h->root.plt.offset != MINUS_ONE)
4018 /* On VxWorks, calls can refer directly to the .got.plt entry;
4019 they don't need entries in the regular GOT. .got.plt entries
4020 will be allocated by _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
4021 h->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
4025 if (h->global_got_area == GGA_RELOC_ONLY)
4026 g->reloc_only_gotno++;
4032 /* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */
4035 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
4037 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *entry
4038 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry_;
4040 return entry->bfd->id;
4043 /* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */
4046 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
4048 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *e1
4049 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry1;
4050 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *e2
4051 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry2;
4053 return e1->bfd == e2->bfd;
4056 /* In a multi-got link, determine the GOT to be used for IBFD. G must
4057 be the master GOT data. */
4059 static struct mips_got_info *
4060 mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (struct mips_got_info *g, bfd *ibfd)
4062 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash e, *p;
4068 p = htab_find (g->bfd2got, &e);
4069 return p ? p->g : NULL;
4072 /* Use BFD2GOT to find ABFD's got entry, creating one if none exists.
4073 Return NULL if an error occured. */
4075 static struct mips_got_info *
4076 mips_elf_get_got_for_bfd (struct htab *bfd2got, bfd *output_bfd,
4079 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash bfdgot_entry, *bfdgot;
4080 struct mips_got_info *g;
4083 bfdgot_entry.bfd = input_bfd;
4084 bfdgotp = htab_find_slot (bfd2got, &bfdgot_entry, INSERT);
4085 bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *) *bfdgotp;
4089 bfdgot = ((struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)
4090 bfd_alloc (output_bfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash)));
4096 g = ((struct mips_got_info *)
4097 bfd_alloc (output_bfd, sizeof (struct mips_got_info)));
4101 bfdgot->bfd = input_bfd;
4104 g->global_gotsym = NULL;
4105 g->global_gotno = 0;
4106 g->reloc_only_gotno = 0;
4109 g->assigned_gotno = -1;
4111 g->tls_assigned_gotno = 0;
4112 g->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_ONE;
4113 g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash,
4114 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq, NULL);
4115 if (g->got_entries == NULL)
4118 g->got_page_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash,
4119 mips_got_page_entry_eq, NULL);
4120 if (g->got_page_entries == NULL)
4130 /* A htab_traverse callback for the entries in the master got.
4131 Create one separate got for each bfd that has entries in the global
4132 got, such that we can tell how many local and global entries each
4136 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd (void **entryp, void *p)
4138 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
4139 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *)p;
4140 struct mips_got_info *g;
4142 g = mips_elf_get_got_for_bfd (arg->bfd2got, arg->obfd, entry->abfd);
4149 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
4150 entryp = htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, entry, INSERT);
4151 if (*entryp != NULL)
4156 if (entry->tls_type)
4158 if (entry->tls_type & (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_LDM))
4160 if (entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
4163 else if (entry->symndx >= 0 || entry->d.h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE)
4171 /* A htab_traverse callback for the page entries in the master got.
4172 Associate each page entry with the bfd's got. */
4175 mips_elf_make_got_pages_per_bfd (void **entryp, void *p)
4177 struct mips_got_page_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_page_entry *) *entryp;
4178 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *) p;
4179 struct mips_got_info *g;
4181 g = mips_elf_get_got_for_bfd (arg->bfd2got, arg->obfd, entry->abfd);
4188 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
4189 entryp = htab_find_slot (g->got_page_entries, entry, INSERT);
4190 if (*entryp != NULL)
4194 g->page_gotno += entry->num_pages;
4198 /* Consider merging the got described by BFD2GOT with TO, using the
4199 information given by ARG. Return -1 if this would lead to overflow,
4200 1 if they were merged successfully, and 0 if a merge failed due to
4201 lack of memory. (These values are chosen so that nonnegative return
4202 values can be returned by a htab_traverse callback.) */
4205 mips_elf_merge_got_with (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *bfd2got,
4206 struct mips_got_info *to,
4207 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg)
4209 struct mips_got_info *from = bfd2got->g;
4210 unsigned int estimate;
4212 /* Work out how many page entries we would need for the combined GOT. */
4213 estimate = arg->max_pages;
4214 if (estimate >= from->page_gotno + to->page_gotno)
4215 estimate = from->page_gotno + to->page_gotno;
4217 /* And conservatively estimate how many local and TLS entries
4219 estimate += from->local_gotno + to->local_gotno;
4220 estimate += from->tls_gotno + to->tls_gotno;
4222 /* If we're merging with the primary got, we will always have
4223 the full set of global entries. Otherwise estimate those
4224 conservatively as well. */
4225 if (to == arg->primary)
4226 estimate += arg->global_count;
4228 estimate += from->global_gotno + to->global_gotno;
4230 /* Bail out if the combined GOT might be too big. */
4231 if (estimate > arg->max_count)
4234 /* Commit to the merge. Record that TO is now the bfd for this got. */
4237 /* Transfer the bfd's got information from FROM to TO. */
4238 htab_traverse (from->got_entries, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd, arg);
4239 if (arg->obfd == NULL)
4242 htab_traverse (from->got_page_entries, mips_elf_make_got_pages_per_bfd, arg);
4243 if (arg->obfd == NULL)
4246 /* We don't have to worry about releasing memory of the actual
4247 got entries, since they're all in the master got_entries hash
4249 htab_delete (from->got_entries);
4250 htab_delete (from->got_page_entries);
4254 /* Attempt to merge gots of different input bfds. Try to use as much
4255 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
4256 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
4257 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
4258 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
4259 and then make make the new got current. */
4262 mips_elf_merge_gots (void **bfd2got_, void *p)
4264 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *bfd2got
4265 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)*bfd2got_;
4266 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *)p;
4267 struct mips_got_info *g;
4268 unsigned int estimate;
4273 /* Work out the number of page, local and TLS entries. */
4274 estimate = arg->max_pages;
4275 if (estimate > g->page_gotno)
4276 estimate = g->page_gotno;
4277 estimate += g->local_gotno + g->tls_gotno;
4279 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
4280 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
4281 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
4282 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
4283 estimate += (g->tls_gotno > 0 ? arg->global_count : g->global_gotno);
4285 if (estimate <= arg->max_count)
4287 /* If we don't have a primary GOT, use it as
4288 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
4291 arg->primary = bfd2got->g;
4295 /* Try merging with the primary GOT. */
4296 result = mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd2got, arg->primary, arg);
4301 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
4304 result = mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd2got, arg->current, arg);
4309 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
4310 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
4311 overflows anyway. */
4312 g->next = arg->current;
4318 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. ENTRYP's NEXT field
4319 is null iff there is just a single GOT. */
4322 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp, void *p)
4324 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
4325 struct mips_got_info *g = p;
4327 unsigned char tls_type;
4329 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
4330 if (entry->tls_type == 0)
4333 next_index = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (entry->abfd) * (long) g->tls_assigned_gotno;
4335 if (entry->symndx == -1 && g->next == NULL)
4337 /* A type (3) got entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's
4338 hash table entry to track its index. */
4339 if (entry->d.h->tls_type & GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE)
4341 entry->d.h->tls_type |= GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE;
4342 entry->d.h->tls_got_offset = next_index;
4343 tls_type = entry->d.h->tls_type;
4347 if (entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM)
4349 /* There are separate mips_got_entry objects for each input bfd
4350 that requires an LDM entry. Make sure that all LDM entries in
4351 a GOT resolve to the same index. */
4352 if (g->tls_ldm_offset != MINUS_TWO && g->tls_ldm_offset != MINUS_ONE)
4354 entry->gotidx = g->tls_ldm_offset;
4357 g->tls_ldm_offset = next_index;
4359 entry->gotidx = next_index;
4360 tls_type = entry->tls_type;
4363 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
4364 if (tls_type & (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_LDM))
4365 g->tls_assigned_gotno += 2;
4366 if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
4367 g->tls_assigned_gotno += 1;
4372 /* If passed a NULL mips_got_info in the argument, set the marker used
4373 to tell whether a global symbol needs a got entry (in the primary
4374 got) to the given VALUE.
4376 If passed a pointer G to a mips_got_info in the argument (it must
4377 not be the primary GOT), compute the offset from the beginning of
4378 the (primary) GOT section to the entry in G corresponding to the
4379 global symbol. G's assigned_gotno must contain the index of the
4380 first available global GOT entry in G. VALUE must contain the size
4381 of a GOT entry in bytes. For each global GOT entry that requires a
4382 dynamic relocation, NEEDED_RELOCS is incremented, and the symbol is
4383 marked as not eligible for lazy resolution through a function
4386 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset (void **entryp, void *p)
4388 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
4389 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg *arg
4390 = (struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg *)p;
4391 struct mips_got_info *g = arg->g;
4393 if (g && entry->tls_type != GOT_NORMAL)
4394 arg->needed_relocs +=
4395 mips_tls_got_relocs (arg->info, entry->tls_type,
4396 entry->symndx == -1 ? &entry->d.h->root : NULL);
4398 if (entry->abfd != NULL
4399 && entry->symndx == -1
4400 && entry->d.h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
4404 BFD_ASSERT (g->global_gotsym == NULL);
4406 entry->gotidx = arg->value * (long) g->assigned_gotno++;
4407 if (arg->info->shared
4408 || (elf_hash_table (arg->info)->dynamic_sections_created
4409 && entry->d.h->root.def_dynamic
4410 && !entry->d.h->root.def_regular))
4411 ++arg->needed_relocs;
4414 entry->d.h->global_got_area = arg->value;
4420 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries for which DATA is the
4421 bfd_link_info. Forbid any global symbols from having traditional
4422 lazy-binding stubs. */
4425 mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs (void **entryp, void *data)
4427 struct bfd_link_info *info;
4428 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4429 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4431 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4432 info = (struct bfd_link_info *) data;
4433 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4434 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4436 if (entry->abfd != NULL
4437 && entry->symndx == -1
4438 && entry->d.h->needs_lazy_stub)
4440 entry->d.h->needs_lazy_stub = FALSE;
4441 htab->lazy_stub_count--;
4447 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
4450 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd *abfd, struct mips_got_info *g, bfd *ibfd)
4452 if (g->bfd2got == NULL)
4455 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g, ibfd);
4459 BFD_ASSERT (g->next);
4463 return (g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno + g->tls_gotno)
4464 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
4467 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
4468 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
4471 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
4472 asection *got, bfd_size_type pages)
4474 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4475 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg;
4476 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg;
4477 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
4478 unsigned int assign, needed_relocs;
4481 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
4482 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4483 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4486 g->bfd2got = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash,
4487 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq, NULL);
4488 if (g->bfd2got == NULL)
4491 got_per_bfd_arg.bfd2got = g->bfd2got;
4492 got_per_bfd_arg.obfd = abfd;
4493 got_per_bfd_arg.info = info;
4495 /* Count how many GOT entries each input bfd requires, creating a
4496 map from bfd to got info while at that. */
4497 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd, &got_per_bfd_arg);
4498 if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL)
4501 /* Also count how many page entries each input bfd requires. */
4502 htab_traverse (g->got_page_entries, mips_elf_make_got_pages_per_bfd,
4504 if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL)
4507 got_per_bfd_arg.current = NULL;
4508 got_per_bfd_arg.primary = NULL;
4509 got_per_bfd_arg.max_count = ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info)
4510 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd))
4511 - htab->reserved_gotno);
4512 got_per_bfd_arg.max_pages = pages;
4513 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
4514 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_offset below for more
4516 got_per_bfd_arg.global_count = g->global_gotno;
4518 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
4519 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
4520 to be the primary GOT. */
4521 htab_traverse (g->bfd2got, mips_elf_merge_gots, &got_per_bfd_arg);
4522 if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL)
4525 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
4526 if (got_per_bfd_arg.primary == NULL)
4528 g->next = (struct mips_got_info *)
4529 bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_got_info));
4530 if (g->next == NULL)
4533 g->next->global_gotsym = NULL;
4534 g->next->global_gotno = 0;
4535 g->next->reloc_only_gotno = 0;
4536 g->next->local_gotno = 0;
4537 g->next->page_gotno = 0;
4538 g->next->tls_gotno = 0;
4539 g->next->assigned_gotno = 0;
4540 g->next->tls_assigned_gotno = 0;
4541 g->next->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_ONE;
4542 g->next->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash,
4543 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq,
4545 if (g->next->got_entries == NULL)
4547 g->next->got_page_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash,
4548 mips_got_page_entry_eq,
4550 if (g->next->got_page_entries == NULL)
4552 g->next->bfd2got = NULL;
4555 g->next = got_per_bfd_arg.primary;
4556 g->next->next = got_per_bfd_arg.current;
4558 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
4562 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
4563 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
4564 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
4565 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
4568 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *bfdgot;
4571 bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)bfd_alloc
4572 (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash));
4579 bfdgotp = htab_find_slot (gg->bfd2got, bfdgot, INSERT);
4581 BFD_ASSERT (*bfdgotp == NULL);
4585 /* Every symbol that is referenced in a dynamic relocation must be
4586 present in the primary GOT, so arrange for them to appear after
4587 those that are actually referenced. */
4588 gg->reloc_only_gotno = gg->global_gotno - g->global_gotno;
4589 g->global_gotno = gg->global_gotno;
4591 set_got_offset_arg.g = NULL;
4592 set_got_offset_arg.value = GGA_RELOC_ONLY;
4593 htab_traverse (gg->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
4594 &set_got_offset_arg);
4595 set_got_offset_arg.value = GGA_NORMAL;
4596 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
4597 &set_got_offset_arg);
4599 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
4600 [assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
4601 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
4602 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
4603 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
4604 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
4605 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
4606 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
4607 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
4608 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
4609 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
4610 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
4611 points back to the master GOT. */
4612 gg->local_gotno = -g->global_gotno;
4613 gg->global_gotno = g->global_gotno;
4620 struct mips_got_info *gn;
4622 assign += htab->reserved_gotno;
4623 g->assigned_gotno = assign;
4624 g->local_gotno += assign;
4625 g->local_gotno += (pages < g->page_gotno ? pages : g->page_gotno);
4626 assign = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno + g->tls_gotno;
4628 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
4629 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
4630 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
4635 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
4636 all non-TLS entries. */
4637 g->tls_assigned_gotno = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno;
4638 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index, g);
4640 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
4643 /* Forbid global symbols in every non-primary GOT from having
4644 lazy-binding stubs. */
4646 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs, info);
4650 got->size = (gg->next->local_gotno
4651 + gg->next->global_gotno
4652 + gg->next->tls_gotno) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
4655 set_got_offset_arg.value = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
4656 set_got_offset_arg.info = info;
4657 for (g = gg->next; g && g->next != gg; g = g->next)
4659 unsigned int save_assign;
4661 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries. */
4662 save_assign = g->assigned_gotno;
4663 g->assigned_gotno = g->local_gotno;
4664 set_got_offset_arg.g = g;
4665 set_got_offset_arg.needed_relocs = 0;
4666 htab_traverse (g->got_entries,
4667 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
4668 &set_got_offset_arg);
4669 needed_relocs += set_got_offset_arg.needed_relocs;
4670 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno - g->local_gotno <= g->global_gotno);
4672 g->assigned_gotno = save_assign;
4675 needed_relocs += g->local_gotno - g->assigned_gotno;
4676 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno == g->next->local_gotno
4677 + g->next->global_gotno
4678 + g->next->tls_gotno
4679 + htab->reserved_gotno);
4684 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info,
4691 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
4692 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
4694 static const Elf_Internal_Rela *
4695 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int r_type,
4696 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
4697 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend)
4699 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocation->r_info);
4701 while (relocation < relend)
4703 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_type
4704 && ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_symndx)
4710 /* We didn't find it. */
4714 /* Return whether an input relocation is against a local symbol. */
4717 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd *input_bfd,
4718 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
4719 asection **local_sections)
4721 unsigned long r_symndx;
4722 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
4725 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
4726 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
4727 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
4729 if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
4731 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd) && local_sections[r_symndx] != NULL)
4737 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
4740 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value, int bits)
4742 if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << (bits - 1)))
4743 /* VALUE is negative. */
4744 value |= ((bfd_vma) - 1) << bits;
4749 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
4750 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
4754 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value, int bits)
4756 bfd_signed_vma svalue = (bfd_signed_vma) value;
4758 if (svalue > (1 << (bits - 1)) - 1)
4759 /* The value is too big. */
4761 else if (svalue < -(1 << (bits - 1)))
4762 /* The value is too small. */
4769 /* Calculate the %high function. */
4772 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value)
4774 return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
4777 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
4780 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4783 return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
4790 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
4793 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4796 return ((value + (((bfd_vma) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
4803 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
4806 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
4807 (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4810 register asection *s;
4812 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".compact_rel") == NULL)
4814 flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
4817 s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".compact_rel", flags);
4819 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
4820 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
4823 s->size = sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel);
4829 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
4832 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
4835 register asection *s;
4836 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4837 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
4838 struct mips_got_info *g;
4840 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4842 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4843 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4845 /* This function may be called more than once. */
4849 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
4850 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
4852 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
4853 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
4854 s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".got", flags);
4856 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4))
4860 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
4861 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
4862 are not creating a global offset table. */
4864 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4865 (info, abfd, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
4866 0, NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
4869 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
4872 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
4873 elf_hash_table (info)->hgot = h;
4876 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
4879 amt = sizeof (struct mips_got_info);
4880 g = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
4883 g->global_gotsym = NULL;
4884 g->global_gotno = 0;
4885 g->reloc_only_gotno = 0;
4889 g->assigned_gotno = 0;
4892 g->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_ONE;
4893 g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash,
4894 mips_elf_got_entry_eq, NULL);
4895 if (g->got_entries == NULL)
4897 g->got_page_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash,
4898 mips_got_page_entry_eq, NULL);
4899 if (g->got_page_entries == NULL)
4902 mips_elf_section_data (s)->elf.this_hdr.sh_flags
4903 |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
4905 /* We also need a .got.plt section when generating PLTs. */
4906 s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".got.plt",
4907 SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
4908 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
4916 /* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
4917 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
4918 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
4921 is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4923 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->is_vxworks
4925 && (strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
4926 || strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
4929 /* Return TRUE if a relocation of type R_TYPE from INPUT_BFD might
4930 require an la25 stub. See also mips_elf_local_pic_function_p,
4931 which determines whether the destination function ever requires a
4935 mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (bfd *input_bfd, int r_type,
4936 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p)
4938 /* We specifically ignore branches and jumps from EF_PIC objects,
4939 where the onus is on the compiler or programmer to perform any
4940 necessary initialization of $25. Sometimes such initialization
4941 is unnecessary; for example, -mno-shared functions do not use
4942 the incoming value of $25, and may therefore be called directly. */
4943 if (PIC_OBJECT_P (input_bfd))
4950 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
4951 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1:
4952 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1:
4953 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1:
4954 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2:
4958 return !target_is_16_bit_code_p;
4965 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
4966 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
4967 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
4969 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
4970 On exit, set *CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P to true if the relocation field
4971 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
4973 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
4974 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
4975 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
4976 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
4978 static bfd_reloc_status_type
4979 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd *abfd, bfd *input_bfd,
4980 asection *input_section,
4981 struct bfd_link_info *info,
4982 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
4983 bfd_vma addend, reloc_howto_type *howto,
4984 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
4985 asection **local_sections, bfd_vma *valuep,
4987 bfd_boolean *cross_mode_jump_p,
4988 bfd_boolean save_addend)
4990 /* The eventual value we will return. */
4992 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
4995 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
4996 shared object file being produced. */
4998 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
5001 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
5003 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
5004 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
5005 during execution. */
5006 bfd_vma g = MINUS_ONE;
5007 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
5009 asection *sec = NULL;
5010 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
5011 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
5013 bfd_boolean local_p, was_local_p;
5014 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
5015 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p = FALSE;
5016 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
5017 "__gnu_local_gp". */
5018 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p = FALSE;
5019 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5021 unsigned long r_symndx;
5023 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
5024 relocation value. */
5025 bfd_boolean overflowed_p;
5026 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
5027 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE;
5028 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p = FALSE;
5029 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
5032 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
5033 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
5034 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
5036 /* Parse the relocation. */
5037 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
5038 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
5039 p = (input_section->output_section->vma
5040 + input_section->output_offset
5041 + relocation->r_offset);
5043 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
5044 overflowed_p = FALSE;
5046 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
5047 used in the array of hash table entries. */
5048 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
5049 local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
5051 was_local_p = local_p;
5052 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd))
5053 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5056 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
5057 must come before globals. */
5061 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
5064 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
5066 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
5067 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
5069 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
5070 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) != STT_SECTION
5071 || (sec->flags & SEC_MERGE))
5072 symbol += sym->st_value;
5073 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
5074 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
5076 addend = _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd, sym, &sec, addend);
5078 addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
5081 /* MIPS16/microMIPS text labels should be treated as odd. */
5082 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
5085 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5086 *namep = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
5087 symtab_hdr->sh_link,
5090 *namep = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
5092 target_is_16_bit_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other);
5093 target_is_micromips_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym->st_other);
5097 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
5099 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
5100 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
5101 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]);
5102 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
5103 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
5104 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
5105 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
5107 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5108 *namep = h->root.root.root.string;
5110 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
5111 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5112 if (strcmp (*namep, "_gp_disp") == 0
5113 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
5115 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
5116 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
5117 if (!hi16_reloc_p (r_type) && !lo16_reloc_p (r_type))
5118 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
5122 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
5123 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5124 else if (strcmp (*namep, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
5125 gnu_local_gp_p = TRUE;
5128 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
5129 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
5130 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
5132 else if ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
5133 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
5134 && h->root.root.u.def.section)
5136 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
5137 if (sec->output_section)
5138 symbol = (h->root.root.u.def.value
5139 + sec->output_section->vma
5140 + sec->output_offset);
5142 symbol = h->root.root.u.def.value;
5144 else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5145 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
5146 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
5147 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
5150 else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
5151 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT)
5153 else if (strcmp (*namep, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd)
5154 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
5156 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
5157 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
5158 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
5159 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
5160 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
5162 BFD_ASSERT (! info->shared);
5163 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") == NULL);
5166 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h->root.other))
5168 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
5169 ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
5170 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
5171 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
5172 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
5173 which is available from here:
5174 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
5177 else if ((*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
5178 (info, h->root.root.root.string, input_bfd,
5179 input_section, relocation->r_offset,
5180 (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_GENERATE_ERROR)
5181 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other)))
5183 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
5187 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
5190 target_is_16_bit_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other);
5191 /* If the output section is the PLT section,
5192 then the target is not microMIPS. */
5193 target_is_micromips_code_p = (htab->splt != sec
5194 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h->root.other));
5197 /* If this is a reference to a 16-bit function with a stub, we need
5198 to redirect the relocation to the stub unless:
5200 (a) the relocation is for a MIPS16 JAL;
5202 (b) the relocation is for a MIPS16 PIC call, and there are no
5203 non-MIPS16 uses of the GOT slot; or
5205 (c) the section allows direct references to MIPS16 functions. */
5206 if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26
5207 && !info->relocatable
5209 && h->fn_stub != NULL
5210 && (r_type != R_MIPS16_CALL16 || h->need_fn_stub))
5212 && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs != NULL
5213 && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL))
5214 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (input_section))
5216 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
5217 have already noticed that we were going to need the
5221 sec = elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx];
5226 BFD_ASSERT (h->need_fn_stub);
5229 /* If a LA25 header for the stub itself exists, point to the
5230 prepended LUI/ADDIU sequence. */
5231 sec = h->la25_stub->stub_section;
5232 value = h->la25_stub->offset;
5241 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset + value;
5242 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
5243 target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE;
5245 /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
5246 need to redirect the call to the stub. Note that we specifically
5247 exclude R_MIPS16_CALL16 from this behavior; indirect calls should
5248 use an indirect stub instead. */
5249 else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocatable
5250 && ((h != NULL && (h->call_stub != NULL || h->call_fp_stub != NULL))
5252 && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs != NULL
5253 && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL))
5254 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
5257 sec = elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx];
5260 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
5261 out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input
5263 if (h->call_stub != NULL && h->call_fp_stub != NULL)
5268 for (o = input_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
5270 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd, o)))
5272 sec = h->call_fp_stub;
5279 else if (h->call_stub != NULL)
5282 sec = h->call_fp_stub;
5285 BFD_ASSERT (sec->size > 0);
5286 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
5288 /* If this is a direct call to a PIC function, redirect to the
5290 else if (h != NULL && h->la25_stub
5291 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (input_bfd, r_type,
5292 target_is_16_bit_code_p))
5293 symbol = (h->la25_stub->stub_section->output_section->vma
5294 + h->la25_stub->stub_section->output_offset
5295 + h->la25_stub->offset);
5297 /* Make sure MIPS16 and microMIPS are not used together. */
5298 if ((r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && target_is_micromips_code_p)
5299 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type) && target_is_16_bit_code_p))
5301 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5302 (_("MIPS16 and microMIPS functions cannot call each other"));
5303 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
5306 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
5307 mode change. However, we can ignore calls to undefined weak symbols,
5308 which should never be executed at runtime. This exception is important
5309 because the assembly writer may have "known" that any definition of the
5310 symbol would be 16-bit code, and that direct jumps were therefore
5312 *cross_mode_jump_p = (!info->relocatable
5313 && !(h && h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5314 && ((r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
5315 || (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
5316 && !target_is_micromips_code_p)
5317 || ((r_type == R_MIPS_26 || r_type == R_MIPS_JALR)
5318 && (target_is_16_bit_code_p
5319 || target_is_micromips_code_p))));
5321 local_p = h == NULL || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root);
5323 gp0 = _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd);
5324 gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd);
5326 gp += mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd, htab->got_info, input_bfd);
5331 /* Global R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE relocations are equivalent
5332 to R_MIPS_GOT_DISP/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP. The addend is applied by the
5333 corresponding R_MIPS_GOT_OFST/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST. */
5334 if (got_page_reloc_p (r_type) && !local_p)
5336 r_type = (micromips_reloc_p (r_type)
5337 ? R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP : R_MIPS_GOT_DISP);
5341 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, and we're going
5342 to need it, get it now. */
5345 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
5346 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
5349 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
5350 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
5351 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
5352 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
5353 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
5354 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
5355 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
5356 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
5357 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
5358 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
5359 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
5360 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
5362 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5363 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
5364 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
5365 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5366 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
5367 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
5368 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
5370 g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd, info,
5371 0, 0, NULL, r_type);
5373 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5377 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
5378 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
5379 if (htab->is_vxworks
5380 && (call_hi16_reloc_p (r_type)
5381 || call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type)
5382 || call16_reloc_p (r_type)))
5384 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
5385 BFD_ASSERT (h->root.needs_plt);
5386 g = mips_elf_gotplt_index (info, &h->root);
5390 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
5391 g = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, input_bfd,
5392 &h->root, r_type, info);
5393 if (h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL
5394 && !elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
5395 /* This is a static link. We must initialize the GOT entry. */
5396 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj, symbol, htab->sgot->contents + g);
5399 else if (!htab->is_vxworks
5400 && (call16_reloc_p (r_type) || got16_reloc_p (r_type)))
5401 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
5405 g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd, info,
5406 symbol + addend, r_symndx, h, r_type);
5408 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5411 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
5412 g = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, g);
5416 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
5417 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
5418 if (h != NULL && is_gott_symbol (info, &h->root))
5420 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5424 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
5425 loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5427 outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma
5428 + input_section->output_offset
5429 + relocation->r_offset);
5430 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->root.dynindx, r_type);
5431 outrel.r_addend = addend;
5432 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &outrel, loc);
5434 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
5435 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
5437 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section))
5438 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
5441 return bfd_reloc_ok;
5444 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
5448 return bfd_reloc_continue;
5451 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
5452 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5459 || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
5461 && h->root.def_dynamic
5462 && !h->root.def_regular
5463 && !h->has_static_relocs))
5464 && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
5466 || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5467 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT)
5468 && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5470 /* If we're creating a shared library, then we can't know
5471 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
5472 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
5473 linker. We must do the same for executable references to
5474 shared library symbols, unless we've decided to use copy
5475 relocs or PLTs instead. */
5477 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd,
5485 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
5489 if (r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
5490 value = symbol + addend;
5494 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5498 value = symbol + addend - p;
5499 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5503 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
5504 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
5505 the output file that's different. That's handled in
5506 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
5507 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
5509 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
5513 /* Make sure the target of JALX is word-aligned. Bit 0 must be
5514 the correct ISA mode selector and bit 1 must be 0. */
5515 if (*cross_mode_jump_p && (symbol & 3) != (r_type == R_MIPS_26))
5516 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5518 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. */
5519 shift = (!*cross_mode_jump_p && r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1) ? 1 : 2;
5522 value = addend | ((p + 4) & (0xfc000000 << shift));
5524 value = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 26 + shift);
5525 value = (value + symbol) >> shift;
5526 if (!was_local_p && h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5527 overflowed_p = (value >> 26) != ((p + 4) >> (26 + shift));
5528 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5532 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
5533 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
5534 value = (mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - dtprel_base (info))
5538 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
5539 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32:
5540 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64:
5541 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
5542 value = (symbol + addend - dtprel_base (info)) & howto->dst_mask;
5545 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
5546 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
5547 value = (mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - tprel_base (info))
5551 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
5552 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
5553 value = (symbol + addend - tprel_base (info)) & howto->dst_mask;
5558 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16:
5561 value = mips_elf_high (addend + symbol);
5562 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5566 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
5567 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
5568 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
5572 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
5573 base $pc is that used by the ADDIUPC instruction at $t9 + 4.
5574 ADDIUPC clears the low two bits of the instruction address,
5575 so the base is ($t9 + 4) & ~3. */
5576 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16)
5577 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - ((p + 4) & ~(bfd_vma) 0x3));
5578 /* The microMIPS .cpload sequence uses the same assembly
5579 instructions as the traditional psABI version, but the
5580 incoming $t9 has the low bit set. */
5581 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI16)
5582 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p - 1);
5584 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p);
5585 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5591 case R_MICROMIPS_LO16:
5592 case R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16:
5594 value = (symbol + addend) & howto->dst_mask;
5597 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
5598 for this conditional. */
5599 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_LO16)
5600 value = addend + gp - (p & ~(bfd_vma) 0x3);
5601 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
5602 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16)
5603 value = addend + gp - p + 3;
5605 value = addend + gp - p + 4;
5606 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
5607 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
5608 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
5609 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
5612 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
5613 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
5616 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
5617 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
5618 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
5619 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
5620 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
5621 not check for overflow here. */
5625 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
5626 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL:
5627 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
5628 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
5629 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
5634 case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
5635 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
5636 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
5637 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
5638 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
5639 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
5640 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2:
5641 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16:
5642 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
5643 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
5644 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
5645 if (howto->partial_inplace)
5646 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
5647 value = symbol + addend - gp;
5648 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
5649 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
5650 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
5651 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
5655 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5658 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
5659 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
5662 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
5663 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
5664 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
5665 R_MIPS*_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
5666 if (!htab->is_vxworks && local_p)
5668 value = mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd, input_bfd, info,
5669 symbol + addend, !was_local_p);
5670 if (value == MINUS_ONE)
5671 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5673 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, value);
5674 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5681 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5682 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
5683 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
5684 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
5685 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5686 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
5687 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
5689 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5692 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
5693 value = (addend + symbol + gp0 - gp);
5695 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5699 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2:
5700 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 18) - p;
5701 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 18);
5702 value >>= howto->rightshift;
5703 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5706 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1:
5707 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 8) - p;
5708 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 8);
5709 value >>= howto->rightshift;
5710 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5713 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1:
5714 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 11) - p;
5715 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 11);
5716 value >>= howto->rightshift;
5717 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5720 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1:
5721 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 17) - p;
5722 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 17);
5723 value >>= howto->rightshift;
5724 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5727 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2:
5728 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 25) - ((p | 3) ^ 3);
5729 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 25);
5730 value >>= howto->rightshift;
5731 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5734 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
5735 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
5736 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
5737 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
5738 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
5739 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
5740 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
5742 value = mips_elf_high (value);
5743 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5746 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
5747 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
5748 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
5749 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
5750 value = g & howto->dst_mask;
5753 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
5754 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
5755 value = mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, NULL);
5756 if (value == MINUS_ONE)
5757 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5758 value = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, value);
5759 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5762 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
5763 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST:
5765 mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, &value);
5768 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5772 case R_MICROMIPS_SUB:
5773 value = symbol - addend;
5774 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5778 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER:
5779 value = mips_elf_higher (addend + symbol);
5780 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5783 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST:
5784 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST:
5785 value = mips_elf_highest (addend + symbol);
5786 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5789 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP:
5790 case R_MICROMIPS_SCN_DISP:
5791 value = symbol + addend - sec->output_offset;
5792 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5796 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR:
5797 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
5798 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
5799 when the symbol does not resolve locally. */
5800 if (h != NULL && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, &h->root))
5801 return bfd_reloc_continue;
5802 value = symbol + addend;
5806 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
5807 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
5808 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
5809 return bfd_reloc_continue;
5812 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
5813 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
5816 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
5818 return overflowed_p ? bfd_reloc_overflow : bfd_reloc_ok;
5821 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
5824 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type *howto,
5825 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
5826 bfd *input_bfd, bfd_byte *contents)
5829 bfd_byte *location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
5831 /* Obtain the bytes. */
5832 x = bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto)), input_bfd, location);
5837 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
5838 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
5839 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
5841 CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P is true if the relocation field
5842 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
5844 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
5847 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info *info,
5848 reloc_howto_type *howto,
5849 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
5850 bfd_vma value, bfd *input_bfd,
5851 asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents,
5852 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p)
5856 int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
5858 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
5859 location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
5861 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
5863 /* Obtain the current value. */
5864 x = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, relocation, input_bfd, contents);
5866 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
5867 x &= ~howto->dst_mask;
5869 /* Set the field. */
5870 x |= (value & howto->dst_mask);
5872 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
5873 if (cross_mode_jump_p && jal_reloc_p (r_type))
5876 bfd_vma opcode = x >> 26;
5877 bfd_vma jalx_opcode;
5879 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
5880 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
5882 ok = ((opcode == 0x6) || (opcode == 0x7));
5885 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1)
5887 ok = ((opcode == 0x3d) || (opcode == 0x3c));
5892 ok = ((opcode == 0x3) || (opcode == 0x1d));
5896 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. */
5899 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5900 (_("%B: %A+0x%lx: Direct jumps between ISA modes are not allowed; consider recompiling with interlinking enabled."),
5903 (unsigned long) relocation->r_offset);
5904 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
5908 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
5909 x = (x & ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode << 26);
5912 /* Try converting JAL to BAL and J(AL)R to B(AL), if the target is in
5914 if (!info->relocatable
5915 && !cross_mode_jump_p
5916 && ((JAL_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd)
5917 && r_type == R_MIPS_26
5918 && (x >> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
5919 || (JALR_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd)
5920 && r_type == R_MIPS_JALR
5921 && x == 0x0320f809) /* jalr t9 */
5922 || (JR_TO_B_P (input_bfd)
5923 && r_type == R_MIPS_JALR
5924 && x == 0x03200008))) /* jr t9 */
5930 addr = (input_section->output_section->vma
5931 + input_section->output_offset
5932 + relocation->r_offset
5934 if (r_type == R_MIPS_26)
5935 dest = (value << 2) | ((addr >> 28) << 28);
5939 if (off <= 0x1ffff && off >= -0x20000)
5941 if (x == 0x03200008) /* jr t9 */
5942 x = 0x10000000 | (((bfd_vma) off >> 2) & 0xffff); /* b addr */
5944 x = 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma) off >> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
5948 /* Put the value into the output. */
5949 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto), input_bfd, x, location);
5951 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd, r_type, !info->relocatable,
5957 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
5958 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
5959 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
5960 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
5963 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd *output_bfd,
5964 struct bfd_link_info *info,
5965 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
5966 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
5967 asection *sec, bfd_vma symbol,
5968 bfd_vma *addendp, asection *input_section)
5970 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel[3];
5975 bfd_boolean defined_p;
5976 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
5978 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
5979 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
5981 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
5982 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
5983 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
5984 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc != NULL);
5985 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->contents != NULL);
5986 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->reloc_count * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd)
5989 outrel[0].r_offset =
5990 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[0].r_offset);
5991 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
5993 outrel[1].r_offset =
5994 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[1].r_offset);
5995 outrel[2].r_offset =
5996 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[2].r_offset);
5999 if (outrel[0].r_offset == MINUS_ONE)
6000 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
6003 if (outrel[0].r_offset == MINUS_TWO)
6005 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
6006 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
6007 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
6012 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
6013 in the relocation. */
6014 if (h != NULL && ! SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root))
6016 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks || h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE);
6017 indx = h->root.dynindx;
6018 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
6019 defined_p = h->root.def_regular;
6021 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
6022 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
6023 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
6024 undefined symbols. */
6029 if (sec != NULL && bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
6031 else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
6033 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6038 indx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
6041 asection *osec = htab->root.text_index_section;
6042 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
6048 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
6049 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
6050 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
6051 local symbols because we used to generate them
6052 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
6053 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
6054 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
6055 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
6056 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
6057 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
6059 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
6060 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
6061 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
6062 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
6063 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
6068 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
6069 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
6070 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
6071 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
6072 if (defined_p && r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
6075 if (htab->is_vxworks)
6076 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
6077 outrel[0].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_MIPS_32);
6079 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
6080 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
6081 outrel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, (unsigned long) indx,
6084 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
6085 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
6086 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
6087 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
6088 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
6089 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
6090 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
6091 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
6092 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
6093 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
6094 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
6095 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
6096 outrel[1].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0,
6097 ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
6100 outrel[2].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_NONE);
6102 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
6103 correct location in the output file. */
6104 outrel[0].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
6105 + input_section->output_offset);
6106 outrel[1].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
6107 + input_section->output_offset);
6108 outrel[2].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
6109 + input_section->output_offset);
6111 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
6112 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
6113 relocation format is non-standard. */
6114 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
6116 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out)
6117 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
6119 + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)));
6121 else if (htab->is_vxworks)
6123 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
6124 outrel[0].r_addend = *addendp;
6125 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
6126 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
6128 + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)));
6131 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
6132 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
6133 (sreloc->contents + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
6135 /* We've now added another relocation. */
6136 ++sreloc->reloc_count;
6138 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
6139 will be writing to it. */
6140 elf_section_data (input_section->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_flags
6143 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
6144 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix5)
6146 asection *scpt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
6151 Elf32_crinfo cptrel;
6153 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel, CRF_MIPS_LONG);
6154 cptrel.vaddr = (rel->r_offset
6155 + input_section->output_section->vma
6156 + input_section->output_offset);
6157 if (r_type == R_MIPS_REL32)
6158 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_REL32);
6160 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_WORD);
6161 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel, 0);
6162 cptrel.konst = *addendp;
6164 cr = (scpt->contents
6165 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
6166 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel, 0);
6167 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd, &cptrel,
6168 ((Elf32_External_crinfo *) cr
6169 + scpt->reloc_count));
6170 ++scpt->reloc_count;
6174 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
6175 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
6177 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section))
6178 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
6183 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
6186 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags)
6188 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_MACH)
6190 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900:
6191 return bfd_mach_mips3900;
6193 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010:
6194 return bfd_mach_mips4010;
6196 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100:
6197 return bfd_mach_mips4100;
6199 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111:
6200 return bfd_mach_mips4111;
6202 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120:
6203 return bfd_mach_mips4120;
6205 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650:
6206 return bfd_mach_mips4650;
6208 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400:
6209 return bfd_mach_mips5400;
6211 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500:
6212 return bfd_mach_mips5500;
6214 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000:
6215 return bfd_mach_mips9000;
6217 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1:
6218 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1;
6220 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E:
6221 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e;
6223 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F:
6224 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f;
6226 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A:
6227 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a;
6229 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2:
6230 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2;
6232 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON:
6233 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon;
6235 case E_MIPS_MACH_XLR:
6236 return bfd_mach_mips_xlr;
6239 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH)
6243 return bfd_mach_mips3000;
6246 return bfd_mach_mips6000;
6249 return bfd_mach_mips4000;
6252 return bfd_mach_mips8000;
6255 return bfd_mach_mips5;
6257 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32:
6258 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32;
6260 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64:
6261 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64;
6263 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2:
6264 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2;
6266 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2:
6267 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2;
6274 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
6276 static INLINE char *
6277 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd *abfd)
6281 flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
6282 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
6285 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
6287 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
6291 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32:
6293 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64:
6295 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32:
6297 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64:
6300 return "unknown abi";
6304 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
6305 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
6306 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
6307 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
6308 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
6309 static asection mips_elf_scom_section;
6310 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol;
6311 static asymbol *mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
6313 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
6314 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
6315 definition in a shared library. */
6316 static asection mips_elf_acom_section;
6317 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol;
6318 static asymbol *mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
6320 /* This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
6323 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd *abfd, asymbol *asym)
6325 elf_symbol_type *elfsym;
6327 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use. */
6328 elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) asym;
6329 switch (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx)
6331 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
6332 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
6333 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
6334 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
6335 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
6336 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
6337 if (mips_elf_acom_section.name == NULL)
6339 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
6340 mips_elf_acom_section.name = ".acommon";
6341 mips_elf_acom_section.flags = SEC_ALLOC;
6342 mips_elf_acom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
6343 mips_elf_acom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
6344 mips_elf_acom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
6345 mips_elf_acom_symbol.name = ".acommon";
6346 mips_elf_acom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
6347 mips_elf_acom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
6348 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
6350 asym->section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
6354 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
6355 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
6356 if (asym->value > elf_gp_size (abfd)
6357 || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STT_TLS
6358 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
6361 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
6362 if (mips_elf_scom_section.name == NULL)
6364 /* Initialize the small common section. */
6365 mips_elf_scom_section.name = ".scommon";
6366 mips_elf_scom_section.flags = SEC_IS_COMMON;
6367 mips_elf_scom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
6368 mips_elf_scom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
6369 mips_elf_scom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
6370 mips_elf_scom_symbol.name = ".scommon";
6371 mips_elf_scom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
6372 mips_elf_scom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
6373 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
6375 asym->section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
6376 asym->value = elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
6379 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
6380 asym->section = bfd_und_section_ptr;
6385 asection *section = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".text");
6387 if (section != NULL)
6389 asym->section = section;
6390 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6391 to the base of the .text section. So substract the section
6392 base address to make it an offset. */
6393 asym->value -= section->vma;
6400 asection *section = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".data");
6402 if (section != NULL)
6404 asym->section = section;
6405 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6406 to the base of the .data section. So substract the section
6407 base address to make it an offset. */
6408 asym->value -= section->vma;
6414 /* If this is an odd-valued function symbol, assume it's a MIPS16
6415 or microMIPS one. */
6416 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STT_FUNC
6417 && (asym->value & 1) != 0)
6420 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS)
6421 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other
6422 = ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other);
6424 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other
6425 = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS16 (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other);
6429 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
6430 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
6432 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
6433 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
6434 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
6435 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
6436 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
6438 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
6439 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
6440 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
6441 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
6443 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
6444 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
6445 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
6446 We therefore take the following approach:
6448 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
6449 determine the pointer size.
6451 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
6452 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
6456 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
6457 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
6458 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
6459 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
6460 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
6462 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
6463 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
6467 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
6469 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64)
6471 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64)
6473 bfd_boolean long32_p, long64_p;
6475 long32_p = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
6476 long64_p = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
6477 if (long32_p && long64_p)
6484 if (sec->reloc_count > 0
6485 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != NULL
6486 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs[0].r_info)
6495 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
6496 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
6497 same address. For example, if we have code like:
6499 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
6500 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
6503 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
6504 will jump there rather than to .text.
6506 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
6507 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
6510 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd *abfd)
6512 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd);
6515 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
6516 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
6517 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
6521 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr)
6523 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
6524 && hdr->sh_size > 0)
6528 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
6529 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->contents == NULL);
6532 hdr->sh_offset + sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4,
6535 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
6536 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4)
6540 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
6541 && hdr->bfd_section != NULL
6542 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section) != NULL
6543 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata != NULL)
6545 bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
6547 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
6548 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
6549 so that we don't have to read them again.
6550 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
6551 through the section contents to see if there is an
6552 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
6554 contents = mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata;
6556 lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
6557 while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
6559 Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
6561 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
6563 if (intopt.size < sizeof (Elf_External_Options))
6565 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6566 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
6567 abfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd), intopt.size);
6570 if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
6577 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
6578 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo) - 8)),
6581 H_PUT_64 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
6582 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 8, abfd) != 8)
6585 else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
6592 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
6593 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4)),
6596 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
6597 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4)
6604 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
6606 const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section);
6608 /* .sbss is not handled specially here because the GNU/Linux
6609 prelinker can convert .sbss from NOBITS to PROGBITS and
6610 changing it back to NOBITS breaks the binary. The entry in
6611 _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections will ensure the correct flags
6612 are set on .sbss if BFD creates it without reading it from an
6613 input file, and without special handling here the flags set
6614 on it in an input file will be followed. */
6615 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
6616 || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0
6617 || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0)
6619 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
6620 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
6622 else if (strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0)
6624 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
6625 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
6627 else if (strcmp (name, ".compact_rel") == 0)
6630 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
6632 else if (strcmp (name, ".rtproc") == 0)
6634 if (hdr->sh_addralign != 0 && hdr->sh_entsize == 0)
6636 unsigned int adjust;
6638 adjust = hdr->sh_size % hdr->sh_addralign;
6640 hdr->sh_size += hdr->sh_addralign - adjust;
6648 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
6649 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
6650 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
6652 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
6656 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
6657 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
6663 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
6664 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
6665 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
6666 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
6667 probably get away with this. */
6668 switch (hdr->sh_type)
6670 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
6671 if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") != 0)
6675 if (strcmp (name, ".msym") != 0)
6678 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT:
6679 if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") != 0)
6682 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
6683 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."))
6686 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE:
6687 if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") != 0)
6690 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG:
6691 if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") != 0)
6693 flags = SEC_DEBUGGING;
6695 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO:
6696 if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") != 0
6697 || hdr->sh_size != sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo))
6699 flags = (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE);
6701 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE:
6702 if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
6705 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
6706 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"))
6709 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
6710 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name))
6713 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF:
6714 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_")
6715 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".zdebug_"))
6718 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
6719 if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
6722 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
6723 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events")
6724 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
6731 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
6736 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
6737 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd,
6743 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
6745 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
6746 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
6747 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
6748 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
6749 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO)
6751 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
6754 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
6755 &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
6757 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd, &ext, &s);
6758 elf_gp (abfd) = s.ri_gp_value;
6761 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
6762 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
6763 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
6764 they should agree. */
6765 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
6767 bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
6769 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
6770 if (contents == NULL)
6772 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, contents,
6779 lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
6780 while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
6782 Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
6784 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
6786 if (intopt.size < sizeof (Elf_External_Options))
6788 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6789 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
6790 abfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd), intopt.size);
6793 if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
6795 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg;
6797 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
6799 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo *)
6800 (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
6802 elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
6804 else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
6806 Elf32_RegInfo intreg;
6808 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
6810 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo *)
6811 (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
6813 elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
6823 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
6824 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
6825 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
6828 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *sec)
6830 const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
6832 if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") == 0)
6834 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST;
6835 hdr->sh_info = sec->size / sizeof (Elf32_Lib);
6836 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
6838 else if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") == 0)
6839 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT;
6840 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."))
6842 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_GPTAB;
6843 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
6844 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
6846 else if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") == 0)
6847 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_UCODE;
6848 else if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") == 0)
6850 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DEBUG;
6851 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
6852 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
6853 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
6854 hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
6856 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
6858 else if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") == 0)
6860 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_REGINFO;
6861 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
6862 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
6863 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
6865 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
6866 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
6868 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
6871 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
6873 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
6874 && (strcmp (name, ".hash") == 0
6875 || strcmp (name, ".dynamic") == 0
6876 || strcmp (name, ".dynstr") == 0))
6878 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
6879 hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
6881 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
6882 hdr->sh_info = SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES;
6885 else if (strcmp (name, ".got") == 0
6886 || strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0
6887 || strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
6888 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0
6889 || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0
6890 || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0)
6891 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
6892 else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
6894 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_IFACE;
6895 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
6897 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"))
6899 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONTENT;
6900 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
6901 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
6903 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name))
6905 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
6906 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
6907 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
6909 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_")
6910 || CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".zdebug_"))
6912 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DWARF;
6914 /* Irix facilities such as libexc expect a single .debug_frame
6915 per executable, the system ones have NOSTRIP set and the linker
6916 doesn't merge sections with different flags so ... */
6917 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_frame"))
6918 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
6920 else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
6922 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB;
6923 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
6924 final_write_processing. */
6926 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events")
6927 || CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
6929 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_EVENTS;
6930 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
6931 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
6933 else if (strcmp (name, ".msym") == 0)
6935 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_MSYM;
6936 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
6937 hdr->sh_entsize = 8;
6940 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
6941 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
6942 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
6943 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
6944 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
6949 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
6950 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
6951 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
6952 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
6953 the .scommon section. */
6956 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6957 asection *sec, int *retval)
6959 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".scommon") == 0)
6961 *retval = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
6964 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".acommon") == 0)
6966 *retval = SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON;
6972 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
6973 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
6976 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
6977 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, const char **namep,
6978 flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6979 asection **secp, bfd_vma *valp)
6981 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
6982 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
6983 && strcmp (*namep, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
6985 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
6990 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
6991 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
6992 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
6993 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
6994 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
6995 is not done for them. */
6997 && (sym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
6998 && (strcmp (*namep, "_gp_disp") == 0))
7004 switch (sym->st_shndx)
7007 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
7008 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
7009 if (sym->st_size > elf_gp_size (abfd)
7010 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_TLS
7011 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
7014 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
7015 *secp = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, ".scommon");
7016 (*secp)->flags |= SEC_IS_COMMON;
7017 *valp = sym->st_size;
7021 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7022 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section == NULL)
7024 asymbol *elf_text_symbol;
7025 asection *elf_text_section;
7026 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
7028 elf_text_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7029 if (elf_text_section == NULL)
7032 amt = sizeof (asymbol);
7033 elf_text_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7034 if (elf_text_symbol == NULL)
7037 /* Initialize the section. */
7039 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section = elf_text_section;
7040 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol = elf_text_symbol;
7042 elf_text_section->symbol = elf_text_symbol;
7043 elf_text_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol;
7045 elf_text_section->name = ".text";
7046 elf_text_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
7047 elf_text_section->output_section = NULL;
7048 elf_text_section->owner = abfd;
7049 elf_text_symbol->name = ".text";
7050 elf_text_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
7051 elf_text_symbol->section = elf_text_section;
7053 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7054 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7055 so I took it out. */
7056 *secp = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section;
7059 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
7060 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
7062 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7063 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section == NULL)
7065 asymbol *elf_data_symbol;
7066 asection *elf_data_section;
7067 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
7069 elf_data_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7070 if (elf_data_section == NULL)
7073 amt = sizeof (asymbol);
7074 elf_data_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7075 if (elf_data_symbol == NULL)
7078 /* Initialize the section. */
7080 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section = elf_data_section;
7081 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol = elf_data_symbol;
7083 elf_data_section->symbol = elf_data_symbol;
7084 elf_data_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol;
7086 elf_data_section->name = ".data";
7087 elf_data_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
7088 elf_data_section->output_section = NULL;
7089 elf_data_section->owner = abfd;
7090 elf_data_symbol->name = ".data";
7091 elf_data_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
7092 elf_data_symbol->section = elf_data_section;
7094 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7095 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7096 so I took it out. */
7097 *secp = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section;
7100 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
7101 *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr;
7105 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
7107 && info->output_bfd->xvec == abfd->xvec
7108 && strcmp (*namep, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
7110 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7111 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
7113 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
7115 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7116 (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, *secp, *valp, NULL, FALSE,
7117 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7120 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7123 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
7125 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7128 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head = TRUE;
7129 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_symbol = h;
7132 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
7133 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
7134 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
7135 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
7141 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
7142 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
7143 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
7146 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
7147 (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7148 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
7149 asection *input_sec, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7151 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
7152 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
7153 common in the output file. */
7154 if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
7155 && strcmp (input_sec->name, ".scommon") == 0)
7156 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
7158 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
7159 sym->st_value &= ~1;
7164 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
7166 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
7169 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
7171 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7172 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
7174 register asection *s;
7175 const char * const *namep;
7176 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
7178 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
7179 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
7181 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
7182 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
7184 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
7186 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
7188 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
7191 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags))
7196 /* We need to create .got section. */
7197 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info))
7200 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE))
7203 /* Create .stub section. */
7204 s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd,
7205 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd),
7208 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
7209 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
7213 if ((IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none)
7215 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rld_map") == NULL)
7217 s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".rld_map",
7218 flags &~ (flagword) SEC_READONLY);
7220 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
7221 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
7225 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
7226 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
7227 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
7228 the linker takes such action. */
7229 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
7231 for (namep = mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names; *namep != NULL; namep++)
7234 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7235 (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_und_section_ptr, 0,
7236 NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7239 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7242 h->type = STT_SECTION;
7244 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7248 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
7249 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
7251 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd, info))
7255 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
7256 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".hash");
7258 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7259 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
7261 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7262 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
7264 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7265 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
7267 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7268 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
7270 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7277 name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
7279 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7280 (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_abs_section_ptr, 0,
7281 NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7284 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7287 h->type = STT_SECTION;
7289 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7292 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head)
7294 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
7295 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
7296 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
7297 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
7298 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rld_map");
7299 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7301 name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
7303 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7304 (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, s, 0, NULL, FALSE,
7305 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7308 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7311 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
7313 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7315 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_symbol = h;
7319 /* Create the .plt, .rel(a).plt, .dynbss and .rel(a).bss sections.
7320 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE symbol. */
7321 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info))
7324 /* Cache the sections created above. */
7325 htab->splt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
7326 htab->sdynbss = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynbss");
7327 if (htab->is_vxworks)
7329 htab->srelbss = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.bss");
7330 htab->srelplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.plt");
7333 htab->srelplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rel.plt");
7335 || (htab->is_vxworks && !htab->srelbss && !info->shared)
7340 if (htab->is_vxworks)
7342 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
7343 if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
7346 /* Work out the PLT sizes. */
7349 htab->plt_header_size
7350 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry);
7351 htab->plt_entry_size
7352 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry);
7356 htab->plt_header_size
7357 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry);
7358 htab->plt_entry_size
7359 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry);
7362 else if (!info->shared)
7364 /* All variants of the plt0 entry are the same size. */
7365 htab->plt_header_size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry);
7366 htab->plt_entry_size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry);
7372 /* Return true if relocation REL against section SEC is a REL rather than
7373 RELA relocation. RELOCS is the first relocation in the section and
7374 ABFD is the bfd that contains SEC. */
7377 mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
7378 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
7379 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
7381 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
7382 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
7384 /* To determine which flavor of relocation this is, we depend on the
7385 fact that the INPUT_SECTION's REL_HDR is read before RELA_HDR. */
7386 rel_hdr = elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr;
7387 if (rel_hdr == NULL)
7389 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7390 return ((size_t) (rel - relocs)
7391 < NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr) * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel);
7394 /* Read the addend for REL relocation REL, which belongs to bfd ABFD.
7395 HOWTO is the relocation's howto and CONTENTS points to the contents
7396 of the section that REL is against. */
7399 mips_elf_read_rel_addend (bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
7400 reloc_howto_type *howto, bfd_byte *contents)
7403 unsigned int r_type;
7406 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
7407 location = contents + rel->r_offset;
7409 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
7410 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
7411 addend = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, rel, abfd, contents);
7412 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
7414 return addend & howto->src_mask;
7417 /* REL is a relocation in ABFD that needs a partnering LO16 relocation
7418 and *ADDEND is the addend for REL itself. Look for the LO16 relocation
7419 and update *ADDEND with the final addend. Return true on success
7420 or false if the LO16 could not be found. RELEND is the exclusive
7421 upper bound on the relocations for REL's section. */
7424 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (bfd *abfd,
7425 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
7426 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend,
7427 bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma *addend)
7429 unsigned int r_type, lo16_type;
7430 const Elf_Internal_Rela *lo16_relocation;
7431 reloc_howto_type *lo16_howto;
7434 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
7435 if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type))
7436 lo16_type = R_MIPS16_LO16;
7437 else if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type))
7438 lo16_type = R_MICROMIPS_LO16;
7440 lo16_type = R_MIPS_LO16;
7442 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend, left-shifted by
7443 sixteen bits, and the LO16 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the
7444 code does a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of the
7447 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
7449 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must
7450 be immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
7451 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
7452 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
7453 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
7454 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC.
7456 In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes the LO16 but keeps
7457 the corresponding HI16. This is strictly speaking a violation of
7458 the ABI but not immediately harmful. */
7459 lo16_relocation = mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd, lo16_type, rel, relend);
7460 if (lo16_relocation == NULL)
7463 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
7464 lo16_howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, lo16_type, FALSE);
7465 l = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd, lo16_relocation, lo16_howto, contents);
7467 l <<= lo16_howto->rightshift;
7468 l = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l, 16);
7475 /* Try to read the contents of section SEC in bfd ABFD. Return true and
7476 store the contents in *CONTENTS on success. Assume that *CONTENTS
7477 already holds the contents if it is nonull on entry. */
7480 mips_elf_get_section_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_byte **contents)
7485 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
7486 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
7488 *contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
7492 return bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, contents);
7495 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
7496 allocate space in the global offset table. */
7499 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
7500 asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
7504 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
7505 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
7507 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
7508 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
7510 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
7511 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
7514 reloc_howto_type *howto;
7516 if (info->relocatable)
7519 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
7520 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
7522 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
7523 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
7524 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
7525 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7527 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7528 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
7530 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
7532 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
7533 if (FN_STUB_P (name))
7535 unsigned long r_symndx;
7537 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
7540 r_symndx = mips16_stub_symndx (sec, relocs, rel_end);
7543 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7544 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
7545 " stub section `%s'"),
7547 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7551 if (r_symndx < extsymoff
7552 || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
7556 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
7557 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
7558 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
7559 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
7561 Elf_Internal_Rela *sec_relocs;
7562 const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend;
7564 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
7565 if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
7566 || o->reloc_count == 0
7567 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o))
7571 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
7573 if (sec_relocs == NULL)
7576 rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count;
7577 for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++)
7578 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx
7579 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info)))
7582 if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs)
7591 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
7592 not need it. Since this function is called before
7593 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
7594 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
7596 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
7600 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
7602 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs == NULL)
7604 unsigned long symcount;
7608 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd))
7609 symcount = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr);
7611 symcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7612 amt = symcount * sizeof (asection *);
7613 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7616 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs = n;
7619 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
7620 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] = sec;
7622 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
7623 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
7624 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
7625 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
7629 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7631 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
7632 sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
7634 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
7635 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
7636 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
7638 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
7640 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
7641 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
7642 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
7643 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
7644 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
7645 if (h->fn_stub != NULL)
7647 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
7651 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
7653 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
7656 else if (CALL_STUB_P (name) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name))
7658 unsigned long r_symndx;
7659 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7662 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
7665 r_symndx = mips16_stub_symndx (sec, relocs, rel_end);
7668 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7669 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
7670 " stub section `%s'"),
7672 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7676 if (r_symndx < extsymoff
7677 || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
7681 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
7682 needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in this BFD
7683 that refers to this symbol. */
7684 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
7686 Elf_Internal_Rela *sec_relocs;
7687 const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend;
7689 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
7690 if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
7691 || o->reloc_count == 0
7692 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o))
7696 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
7698 if (sec_relocs == NULL)
7701 rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count;
7702 for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++)
7703 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx
7704 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info) == R_MIPS16_26)
7707 if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs)
7716 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
7717 not need it. Since this function is called before
7718 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
7719 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
7721 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
7725 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol call_stubs for
7727 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs == NULL)
7729 unsigned long symcount;
7733 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd))
7734 symcount = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr);
7736 symcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7737 amt = symcount * sizeof (asection *);
7738 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7741 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs = n;
7744 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
7745 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx] = sec;
7747 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
7748 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
7749 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
7750 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
7754 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
7755 sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
7757 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
7759 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (name))
7760 loc = &h->call_fp_stub;
7762 loc = &h->call_stub;
7764 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
7765 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
7766 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
7767 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
7768 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
7771 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
7775 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
7777 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
7783 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; ++rel)
7785 unsigned long r_symndx;
7786 unsigned int r_type;
7787 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7788 bfd_boolean can_make_dynamic_p;
7790 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, rel->r_info);
7791 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
7793 if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
7795 else if (r_symndx >= extsymoff + NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr))
7797 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7798 (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
7800 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7805 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff];
7807 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
7808 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning))
7809 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
7812 /* Set CAN_MAKE_DYNAMIC_P to true if we can convert this
7813 relocation into a dynamic one. */
7814 can_make_dynamic_p = FALSE;
7817 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
7818 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
7821 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
7822 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
7823 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
7824 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
7825 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
7826 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
7827 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
7828 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
7830 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
7831 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
7832 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
7833 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
7834 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
7835 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
7836 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
7837 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
7838 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST:
7839 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
7840 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
7841 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
7842 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
7844 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
7845 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
7847 if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
7849 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7850 (_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"),
7851 abfd, (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
7852 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7857 /* This is just a hint; it can safely be ignored. Don't set
7858 has_static_relocs for the corresponding symbol. */
7860 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR:
7866 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
7867 must be handled using copy relocs or PLT entries; it is not
7868 possible to convert this relocation into a dynamic one.
7870 For executables that use PLTs and copy-relocs, we have a
7871 choice between converting the relocation into a dynamic
7872 one or using copy relocations or PLT entries. It is
7873 usually better to do the former, unless the relocation is
7874 against a read-only section. */
7877 && !htab->is_vxworks
7878 && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__gnu_local_gp") != 0
7879 && !(!info->nocopyreloc
7880 && !PIC_OBJECT_P (abfd)
7881 && MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))))
7882 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
7884 can_make_dynamic_p = TRUE;
7886 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
7889 /* For sections that are not SEC_ALLOC a copy reloc would be
7890 output if possible (implying questionable semantics for
7891 read-only data objects) or otherwise the final link would
7892 fail as ld.so will not process them and could not therefore
7893 handle any outstanding dynamic relocations.
7895 For such sections that are also SEC_DEBUGGING, we can avoid
7896 these problems by simply ignoring any relocs as these
7897 sections have a predefined use and we know it is safe to do
7900 This is needed in cases such as a global symbol definition
7901 in a shared library causing a common symbol from an object
7902 file to be converted to an undefined reference. If that
7903 happens, then all the relocations against this symbol from
7904 SEC_DEBUGGING sections in the object file will resolve to
7906 if ((sec->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
7911 /* Most static relocations require pointer equality, except
7914 h->pointer_equality_needed = TRUE;
7920 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
7921 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1:
7922 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1:
7923 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1:
7924 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2:
7926 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->has_static_relocs = TRUE;
7932 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
7933 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
7934 room for them in .rela.dyn. */
7935 if (is_gott_symbol (info, h))
7939 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE);
7943 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
7944 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
7945 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
7946 relocations against the text segment. */
7947 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
7950 else if (call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type)
7951 || got_lo16_reloc_p (r_type)
7952 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type)
7953 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type) && htab->is_vxworks))
7955 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
7956 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
7957 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
7958 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS*_GOT16 and
7959 R_MIPS*_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
7960 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
7961 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
7962 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
7963 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
7964 rel->r_addend, info, 0))
7969 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (abfd, r_type,
7970 ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->other)))
7971 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->has_nonpic_branches = TRUE;
7976 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
7977 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
7980 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7981 (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
7982 abfd, (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
7983 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7988 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
7989 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
7990 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
7991 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
7994 /* Make sure there is room in the regular GOT to hold the
7995 function's address. We may eliminate it in favour of
7996 a .got.plt entry later; see mips_elf_count_got_symbols. */
7997 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, TRUE, 0))
8000 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
8001 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
8002 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
8008 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
8009 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
8010 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
8011 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
8014 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips =
8015 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8017 /* This symbol is definitely not overridable. */
8018 if (hmips->root.def_regular
8019 && ! (info->shared && ! info->symbolic
8020 && ! hmips->root.forced_local))
8025 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
8027 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
8028 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
8029 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
8030 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
8031 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
8032 if (!h || got_page_reloc_p (r_type))
8034 /* This relocation needs (or may need, if h != NULL) a
8035 page entry in the GOT. For R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE we do not
8036 know for sure until we know whether the symbol is
8038 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd, sec, relocs, rel))
8040 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd, sec, &contents))
8042 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, r_type, FALSE);
8043 addend = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd, rel,
8045 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type))
8046 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (abfd, rel, rel_end,
8049 addend <<= howto->rightshift;
8052 addend = rel->r_addend;
8053 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (info, abfd, r_symndx,
8059 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
8060 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
8061 if (h && !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info,
8066 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8067 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8069 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
8072 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
8073 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
8074 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
8076 r_symndx = STN_UNDEF;
8082 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
8083 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
8084 for TLS GD relocations. */
8088 flag = (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type)
8090 : tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type) ? GOT_TLS_LDM : GOT_TLS_IE);
8093 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips =
8094 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8095 hmips->tls_type |= flag;
8097 if (h && !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info,
8103 BFD_ASSERT (flag == GOT_TLS_LDM || r_symndx != STN_UNDEF);
8105 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
8116 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8117 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
8118 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
8119 if (can_make_dynamic_p)
8123 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE);
8127 if (info->shared && h == NULL)
8129 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
8130 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
8131 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
8132 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
8133 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
8134 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8135 relocations against the text segment. */
8136 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
8140 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
8142 /* For a shared object, we must copy this relocation
8143 unless the symbol turns out to be undefined and
8144 weak with non-default visibility, in which case
8145 it will be left as zero.
8147 We could elide R_MIPS_REL32 for locally binding symbols
8148 in shared libraries, but do not yet do so.
8150 For an executable, we only need to copy this
8151 reloc if the symbol is defined in a dynamic
8153 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8154 ++hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
8155 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
8156 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
8157 are relocations against the text segment. */
8158 hmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
8162 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
8163 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
8164 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
8168 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
8169 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
8170 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
8171 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
8172 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16:
8173 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL:
8174 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2:
8175 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
8176 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
8177 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
8180 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
8181 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
8182 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
8183 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
8187 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
8188 used. Record for later use during GC. */
8189 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
8190 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
8192 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
8200 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
8201 related to taking the function's address. This doesn't apply to
8202 VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer to a .got.plt entry instead of
8203 a normal .got entry. */
8204 if (!htab->is_vxworks && h != NULL)
8208 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
8210 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
8212 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
8213 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
8215 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
8216 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
8217 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
8218 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR:
8222 /* See if this reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub,
8223 if there is one. We only need to handle global symbols here;
8224 we decide whether to keep or delete stubs for local symbols
8225 when processing the stub's relocations. */
8227 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (r_type)
8228 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (sec))
8230 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *mh;
8232 mh = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8233 mh->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
8236 /* Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a
8237 shared library. Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're
8238 not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result
8239 will be fine. Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be
8240 combined with R_MIPS_GOT16. */
8248 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST:
8249 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16:
8250 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER:
8251 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST:
8252 /* Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against
8253 no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation). */
8254 if (r_symndx == STN_UNDEF)
8257 /* R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup,
8258 and has a special meaning. */
8259 if (!NEWABI_P (abfd) && h != NULL
8260 && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_gp_disp") == 0)
8263 /* Likewise __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__ on VxWorks. */
8264 if (is_gott_symbol (info, h))
8271 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
8272 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, r_type, FALSE);
8273 (*_bfd_error_handler)
8274 (_("%B: relocation %s against `%s' can not be used when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
8276 (h) ? h->root.root.string : "a local symbol");
8277 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8289 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
8290 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
8293 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
8294 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
8295 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
8296 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
8298 bfd_boolean changed_contents = FALSE;
8299 bfd_vma sec_start = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
8300 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
8302 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
8305 if (link_info->relocatable)
8308 internal_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
8309 link_info->keep_memory);
8310 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
8313 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count
8314 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
8315 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
8316 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
8318 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
8321 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset;
8322 unsigned int r_type;
8323 unsigned long r_symndx;
8325 unsigned long instruction;
8327 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
8328 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
8329 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
8330 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, irel->r_info);
8331 if (r_type != R_MIPS_JALR)
8334 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, irel->r_info);
8335 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
8336 if (r_symndx >= extsymoff)
8338 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h
8339 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
8340 elf_sym_hashes (abfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]);
8342 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
8343 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
8344 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
8346 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
8348 if (! ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
8349 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
8350 && h->root.root.u.def.section)
8351 || (link_info->shared && ! link_info->symbolic
8352 && !h->root.forced_local))
8355 sym_sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
8356 if (sym_sec->output_section)
8357 symval = (h->root.root.u.def.value
8358 + sym_sec->output_section->vma
8359 + sym_sec->output_offset);
8361 symval = h->root.root.u.def.value;
8365 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
8367 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
8368 if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
8370 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
8371 if (isymbuf == NULL)
8372 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
8373 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
8375 if (isymbuf == NULL)
8379 isym = isymbuf + r_symndx;
8380 if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
8382 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
8383 sym_sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
8384 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
8385 sym_sec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
8388 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
8389 symval = isym->st_value
8390 + sym_sec->output_section->vma
8391 + sym_sec->output_offset;
8394 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
8396 sym_offset = (symval + irel->r_addend)
8397 - (sec_start + irel->r_offset + 4);
8399 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
8400 if ((sym_offset & 3) != 0)
8405 /* Check that it's in range. */
8406 if (sym_offset < -0x8000 || sym_offset >= 0x8000)
8409 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
8410 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd, sec, &contents))
8413 instruction = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset);
8415 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
8416 if ((instruction & 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
8417 instruction = 0x04110000;
8418 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
8419 else if ((instruction & 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
8420 instruction = 0x10000000;
8424 instruction |= (sym_offset & 0xffff);
8425 bfd_put_32 (abfd, instruction, contents + irel->r_offset);
8426 changed_contents = TRUE;
8429 if (contents != NULL
8430 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
8432 if (!changed_contents && !link_info->keep_memory)
8436 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
8437 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
8443 if (contents != NULL
8444 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
8449 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
8452 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
8454 struct bfd_link_info *info = inf;
8456 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
8457 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8459 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8460 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8462 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8463 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8465 /* VxWorks executables are handled elsewhere; we only need to
8466 allocate relocations in shared objects. */
8467 if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
8470 /* Ignore indirect symbols. All relocations against such symbols
8471 will be redirected to the target symbol. */
8472 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
8475 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, or we are creating
8476 a shared library, we will need to copy any R_MIPS_32 or
8477 R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output file. */
8478 if (! info->relocatable
8479 && hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs != 0
8480 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
8484 bfd_boolean do_copy = TRUE;
8486 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
8488 /* Do not copy relocations for undefined weak symbols with
8489 non-default visibility. */
8490 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
8493 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
8495 else if (h->dynindx == -1 && !h->forced_local)
8497 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
8504 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for this symbol,
8505 the SVR4 psABI requires it to have a dynamic symbol table
8506 index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are dynamic
8507 relocations against it.
8509 VxWorks does not enforce the same mapping between the GOT
8510 and the symbol table, so the same requirement does not
8512 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
8514 if (hmips->global_got_area > GGA_RELOC_ONLY)
8515 hmips->global_got_area = GGA_RELOC_ONLY;
8516 hmips->got_only_for_calls = FALSE;
8519 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
8520 (dynobj, info, hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs);
8521 if (hmips->readonly_reloc)
8522 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
8523 against the text segment. */
8524 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
8531 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
8532 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
8533 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
8534 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
8538 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
8539 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
8542 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
8543 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8545 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8546 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8548 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8549 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8551 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
8552 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL
8554 || h->u.weakdef != NULL
8557 && !h->def_regular)));
8559 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8561 /* If there are call relocations against an externally-defined symbol,
8562 see whether we can create a MIPS lazy-binding stub for it. We can
8563 only do this if all references to the function are through call
8564 relocations, and in that case, the traditional lazy-binding stubs
8565 are much more efficient than PLT entries.
8567 Traditional stubs are only available on SVR4 psABI-based systems;
8568 VxWorks always uses PLTs instead. */
8569 if (!htab->is_vxworks && h->needs_plt && !hmips->no_fn_stub)
8571 if (! elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
8574 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
8575 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
8576 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
8577 executable and the shared library. */
8578 if (!h->def_regular)
8580 hmips->needs_lazy_stub = TRUE;
8581 htab->lazy_stub_count++;
8585 /* As above, VxWorks requires PLT entries for externally-defined
8586 functions that are only accessed through call relocations.
8588 Both VxWorks and non-VxWorks targets also need PLT entries if there
8589 are static-only relocations against an externally-defined function.
8590 This can technically occur for shared libraries if there are
8591 branches to the symbol, although it is unlikely that this will be
8592 used in practice due to the short ranges involved. It can occur
8593 for any relative or absolute relocation in executables; in that
8594 case, the PLT entry becomes the function's canonical address. */
8595 else if (((h->needs_plt && !hmips->no_fn_stub)
8596 || (h->type == STT_FUNC && hmips->has_static_relocs))
8597 && htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
8598 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
8599 && !(ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
8600 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
8602 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, allocate room
8604 if (htab->splt->size == 0)
8606 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sgotplt->size == 0);
8608 /* If we're using the PLT additions to the psABI, each PLT
8609 entry is 16 bytes and the PLT0 entry is 32 bytes.
8610 Encourage better cache usage by aligning. We do this
8611 lazily to avoid pessimizing traditional objects. */
8612 if (!htab->is_vxworks
8613 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->splt, 5))
8616 /* Make sure that .got.plt is word-aligned. We do this lazily
8617 for the same reason as above. */
8618 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->sgotplt,
8619 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj)))
8622 htab->splt->size += htab->plt_header_size;
8624 /* On non-VxWorks targets, the first two entries in .got.plt
8626 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
8627 htab->sgotplt->size += 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj);
8629 /* On VxWorks, also allocate room for the header's
8630 .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
8631 if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
8632 htab->srelplt2->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8635 /* Assign the next .plt entry to this symbol. */
8636 h->plt.offset = htab->splt->size;
8637 htab->splt->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
8639 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
8640 symbol's value to the address of the stub. */
8641 if (!info->shared && !h->def_regular)
8643 h->root.u.def.section = htab->splt;
8644 h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset;
8645 /* For VxWorks, point at the PLT load stub rather than the
8646 lazy resolution stub; this stub will become the canonical
8647 function address. */
8648 if (htab->is_vxworks)
8649 h->root.u.def.value += 8;
8652 /* Make room for the .got.plt entry and the R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
8654 htab->sgotplt->size += MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj);
8655 htab->srelplt->size += (htab->is_vxworks
8656 ? MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj)
8657 : MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj));
8659 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
8660 if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
8661 htab->srelplt2->size += 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8663 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
8664 dynamic will now refer to the PLT entry instead. */
8665 hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
8670 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
8671 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
8672 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
8673 if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
8675 BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
8676 || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
8677 h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
8678 h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
8682 /* Otherwise, there is nothing further to do for symbols defined
8683 in regular objects. */
8687 /* There's also nothing more to do if we'll convert all relocations
8688 against this symbol into dynamic relocations. */
8689 if (!hmips->has_static_relocs)
8692 /* We're now relying on copy relocations. Complain if we have
8693 some that we can't convert. */
8694 if (!htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs || info->shared)
8696 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("non-dynamic relocations refer to "
8697 "dynamic symbol %s"),
8698 h->root.root.string);
8699 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8703 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
8704 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
8705 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
8706 object will contain position independent code, so all references
8707 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
8708 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
8709 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
8710 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
8711 same memory location for the variable. */
8713 if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
8715 if (htab->is_vxworks)
8716 htab->srelbss->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8718 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
8722 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
8723 dynamic will now refer to the local copy instead. */
8724 hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
8726 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h, htab->sdynbss);
8729 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
8730 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
8731 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
8734 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
8735 struct bfd_link_info *info)
8738 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8739 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti;
8741 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8742 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8744 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
8745 ri = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".reginfo");
8747 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd, ri, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
8750 hti.output_bfd = output_bfd;
8752 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
8753 mips_elf_check_symbols, &hti);
8760 /* If the link uses a GOT, lay it out and work out its size. */
8763 mips_elf_lay_out_got (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
8767 struct mips_got_info *g;
8768 bfd_size_type loadable_size = 0;
8769 bfd_size_type page_gotno;
8771 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg count_tls_arg;
8772 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8774 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8775 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8781 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8784 /* Allocate room for the reserved entries. VxWorks always reserves
8785 3 entries; other objects only reserve 2 entries. */
8786 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno == 0);
8787 if (htab->is_vxworks)
8788 htab->reserved_gotno = 3;
8790 htab->reserved_gotno = 2;
8791 g->local_gotno += htab->reserved_gotno;
8792 g->assigned_gotno = htab->reserved_gotno;
8794 /* Replace entries for indirect and warning symbols with entries for
8795 the target symbol. */
8796 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g))
8799 /* Count the number of GOT symbols. */
8800 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab, mips_elf_count_got_symbols, info);
8802 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
8803 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
8805 for (sub = info->input_bfds; sub; sub = sub->link_next)
8807 asection *subsection;
8809 for (subsection = sub->sections;
8811 subsection = subsection->next)
8813 if ((subsection->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
8815 loadable_size += ((subsection->size + 0xf)
8816 &~ (bfd_size_type) 0xf);
8820 if (htab->is_vxworks)
8821 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS*_GOT16
8822 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
8823 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
8826 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
8827 sections. Is 5 enough? */
8828 page_gotno = (loadable_size >> 16) + 5;
8830 /* Choose the smaller of the two estimates; both are intended to be
8832 if (page_gotno > g->page_gotno)
8833 page_gotno = g->page_gotno;
8835 g->local_gotno += page_gotno;
8836 s->size += g->local_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
8837 s->size += g->global_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
8839 /* We need to calculate tls_gotno for global symbols at this point
8840 instead of building it up earlier, to avoid doublecounting
8841 entries for one global symbol from multiple input files. */
8842 count_tls_arg.info = info;
8843 count_tls_arg.needed = 0;
8844 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
8845 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries,
8847 g->tls_gotno += count_tls_arg.needed;
8848 s->size += g->tls_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
8850 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
8851 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
8853 if (htab->is_vxworks)
8855 /* VxWorks executables do not need a GOT. */
8858 /* Each VxWorks GOT entry needs an explicit relocation. */
8861 count = g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno - htab->reserved_gotno;
8863 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, count);
8866 else if (s->size > MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info))
8868 if (!mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd, info, s, page_gotno))
8873 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg arg;
8875 /* Set up TLS entries. */
8876 g->tls_assigned_gotno = g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno;
8877 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index, g);
8879 /* Allocate room for the TLS relocations. */
8882 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs, &arg);
8883 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
8884 mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs,
8887 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, arg.needed);
8893 /* Estimate the size of the .MIPS.stubs section. */
8896 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
8898 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8899 bfd_size_type dynsymcount;
8901 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8902 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8904 if (htab->lazy_stub_count == 0)
8907 /* IRIX rld assumes that a function stub isn't at the end of the .text
8908 section, so add a dummy entry to the end. */
8909 htab->lazy_stub_count++;
8911 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
8912 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
8913 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
8915 dynsymcount = (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount
8916 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd, info));
8918 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. */
8919 htab->function_stub_size = (dynsymcount > 0x10000
8920 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
8921 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE);
8923 htab->sstubs->size = htab->lazy_stub_count * htab->function_stub_size;
8926 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to the
8927 MIPS hash table. If H needs a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub,
8928 allocate an entry in the stubs section. */
8931 mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void **data)
8933 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8935 htab = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) data;
8936 if (h->needs_lazy_stub)
8938 h->root.root.u.def.section = htab->sstubs;
8939 h->root.root.u.def.value = htab->sstubs->size;
8940 h->root.plt.offset = htab->sstubs->size;
8941 htab->sstubs->size += htab->function_stub_size;
8946 /* Allocate offsets in the stubs section to each symbol that needs one.
8947 Set the final size of the .MIPS.stub section. */
8950 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info)
8952 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8954 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8955 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8957 if (htab->lazy_stub_count == 0)
8960 htab->sstubs->size = 0;
8961 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab, mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub, htab);
8962 htab->sstubs->size += htab->function_stub_size;
8963 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sstubs->size
8964 == htab->lazy_stub_count * htab->function_stub_size);
8967 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
8970 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
8971 struct bfd_link_info *info)
8974 asection *s, *sreldyn;
8975 bfd_boolean reltext;
8976 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8978 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8979 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8980 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8981 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
8983 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
8985 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
8986 if (info->executable)
8988 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".interp");
8989 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
8991 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd)) + 1;
8993 = (bfd_byte *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd);
8996 /* Create a symbol for the PLT, if we know that we are using it. */
8997 if (htab->splt && htab->splt->size > 0 && htab->root.hplt == NULL)
8999 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
9001 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
9003 h = _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj, info, htab->splt,
9004 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
9005 htab->root.hplt = h;
9012 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
9013 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, allocate_dynrelocs, (PTR) info);
9015 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (output_bfd, info);
9017 if (!mips_elf_lay_out_got (output_bfd, info))
9020 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (info);
9022 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
9023 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
9026 for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
9030 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
9031 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
9032 name = bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s);
9034 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
9037 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rel"))
9041 const char *outname;
9044 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
9045 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
9046 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
9047 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
9048 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
9050 outname = bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd,
9052 target = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, outname + 4);
9054 && (target->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
9055 && (target->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
9056 || strcmp (outname, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info)) == 0)
9059 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
9060 to copy relocs into the output file. */
9061 if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info)) != 0)
9064 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
9065 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
9066 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
9067 will move them around between input sections'
9068 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
9069 broken, so don't let it run. */
9070 info->combreloc = 0;
9073 else if (! info->shared
9074 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
9075 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rld_map"))
9077 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
9078 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
9079 s->size += MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE (output_bfd);
9081 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)
9082 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".compact_rel"))
9083 s->size += mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size;
9084 else if (s == htab->splt)
9086 /* If the last PLT entry has a branch delay slot, allocate
9087 room for an extra nop to fill the delay slot. This is
9088 for CPUs without load interlocking. */
9089 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd)
9090 && ! htab->is_vxworks && s->size > 0)
9093 else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".init")
9095 && s != htab->sgotplt
9096 && s != htab->sstubs
9097 && s != htab->sdynbss)
9099 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
9105 s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
9109 if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
9112 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
9113 s->contents = bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
9114 if (s->contents == NULL)
9116 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
9121 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
9123 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
9124 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
9125 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
9126 the .dynamic section. */
9128 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
9129 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. This must come first because glibc
9130 only fills in DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP (not DT_DEBUG) and GDB only
9131 looks at the first one it sees. */
9133 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP, 0))
9136 /* The DT_DEBUG entry may be filled in by the dynamic linker and
9137 used by the debugger. */
9138 if (info->executable
9139 && !SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)
9140 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_DEBUG, 0))
9143 if (reltext && (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd) || htab->is_vxworks))
9144 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
9146 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
9148 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_TEXTREL, 0))
9151 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
9152 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
9153 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
9154 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
9155 info->flags &= ~DF_TEXTREL;
9158 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTGOT, 0))
9161 sreldyn = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
9162 if (htab->is_vxworks)
9164 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
9165 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
9166 if (sreldyn && sreldyn->size > 0)
9168 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELA, 0))
9171 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELASZ, 0))
9174 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELAENT, 0))
9180 if (sreldyn && sreldyn->size > 0)
9182 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_REL, 0))
9185 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELSZ, 0))
9188 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELENT, 0))
9192 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION, 0))
9195 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_FLAGS, 0))
9198 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS, 0))
9201 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO, 0))
9204 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, 0))
9207 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO, 0))
9210 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM, 0))
9213 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix5
9214 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO, 0))
9217 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix6
9218 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
9219 (dynobj, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj)))
9220 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS, 0))
9223 if (htab->splt->size > 0)
9225 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTREL, 0))
9228 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_JMPREL, 0))
9231 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTRELSZ, 0))
9234 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_PLTGOT, 0))
9237 if (htab->is_vxworks
9238 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
9245 /* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
9246 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
9247 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
9248 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
9251 mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
9252 bfd *input_bfd, Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
9253 asection **local_sections, Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
9255 unsigned int r_type, r_symndx;
9256 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
9259 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections))
9261 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
9262 if (gprel16_reloc_p (r_type)
9263 || r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL32
9264 || literal_reloc_p (r_type))
9266 rel->r_addend += _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd);
9267 rel->r_addend -= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd);
9270 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
9271 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
9273 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
9274 if (!info->relocatable)
9276 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
9277 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
9280 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
9281 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
9282 rel->r_addend += local_sections[r_symndx]->output_offset;
9286 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
9289 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
9290 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
9291 bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
9292 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
9293 asection **local_sections)
9295 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
9296 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
9298 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p = FALSE;
9299 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
9301 bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
9302 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
9303 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; ++rel)
9307 reloc_howto_type *howto;
9308 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p;
9309 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
9311 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p = TRUE;
9312 unsigned int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
9314 unsigned long r_symndx;
9316 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
9317 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
9318 bfd_boolean rel_reloc;
9320 rel_reloc = (NEWABI_P (input_bfd)
9321 && mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd, input_section,
9323 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
9324 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, r_type, !rel_reloc);
9326 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, rel->r_info);
9327 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
9328 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections))
9330 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
9335 unsigned long extsymoff;
9338 if (!elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd))
9339 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
9340 h = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff];
9341 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
9342 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
9343 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
9346 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
9347 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
9348 sec = h->root.u.def.section;
9351 if (sec != NULL && elf_discarded_section (sec))
9352 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
9353 rel, relend, howto, contents);
9355 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
9357 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
9358 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
9359 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
9360 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
9361 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
9362 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
9363 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, R_MIPS_32, FALSE);
9365 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
9367 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
9371 if (!use_saved_addend_p)
9373 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
9374 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
9375 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
9377 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd, input_section,
9380 rela_relocation_p = FALSE;
9381 addend = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (input_bfd, rel,
9383 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type)
9384 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type)
9385 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel,
9388 if (!mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (input_bfd, rel, relend,
9392 name = h->root.root.string;
9394 name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr,
9395 local_syms + r_symndx,
9397 (*_bfd_error_handler)
9398 (_("%B: Can't find matching LO16 reloc against `%s' for %s at 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
9399 input_bfd, input_section, name, howto->name,
9404 addend <<= howto->rightshift;
9407 addend = rel->r_addend;
9408 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd, info, input_bfd,
9409 local_syms, local_sections, rel);
9412 if (info->relocatable)
9414 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd)
9415 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
9418 if (!rela_relocation_p && rel->r_addend)
9420 addend += rel->r_addend;
9421 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type) || got16_reloc_p (r_type))
9422 addend = mips_elf_high (addend);
9423 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHER)
9424 addend = mips_elf_higher (addend);
9425 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHEST)
9426 addend = mips_elf_highest (addend);
9428 addend >>= howto->rightshift;
9430 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
9431 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
9432 source of the addend in the final link. */
9433 addend &= howto->src_mask;
9435 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
9436 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
9437 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
9438 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
9439 but for endianness. */
9445 if (addend & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
9447 sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
9454 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
9455 do two separate stores. */
9456 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
9458 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
9460 low_bits = sign_bits;
9466 high_bits = sign_bits;
9468 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
9469 contents + rel->r_offset);
9470 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
9471 contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
9475 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, addend,
9476 input_bfd, input_section,
9481 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
9485 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
9486 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
9487 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
9489 if (rel + 1 < relend
9490 && rel->r_offset == rel[1].r_offset
9491 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, rel[1].r_info) != R_MIPS_NONE)
9492 use_saved_addend_p = TRUE;
9494 use_saved_addend_p = FALSE;
9496 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
9497 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd, input_bfd,
9498 input_section, info, rel,
9499 addend, howto, local_syms,
9500 local_sections, &value,
9501 &name, &cross_mode_jump_p,
9502 use_saved_addend_p))
9504 case bfd_reloc_continue:
9505 /* There's nothing to do. */
9508 case bfd_reloc_undefined:
9509 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
9510 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
9511 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
9512 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
9515 case bfd_reloc_notsupported:
9516 msg = _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
9517 info->callbacks->warning
9518 (info, msg, name, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
9521 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
9522 if (use_saved_addend_p)
9523 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
9524 a given location. */
9528 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9530 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9531 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9532 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
9533 if (!htab->small_data_overflow_reported
9534 && (gprel16_reloc_p (howto->type)
9535 || literal_reloc_p (howto->type)))
9537 msg = _("small-data section exceeds 64KB;"
9538 " lower small-data size limit (see option -G)");
9540 htab->small_data_overflow_reported = TRUE;
9541 (*info->callbacks->einfo) ("%P: %s\n", msg);
9543 if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
9544 (info, NULL, name, howto->name, (bfd_vma) 0,
9545 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset)))
9553 case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
9554 if (jal_reloc_p (howto->type))
9556 msg = _("JALX to a non-word-aligned address");
9557 info->callbacks->warning
9558 (info, msg, name, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
9568 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
9569 until we reach the last one. */
9570 if (use_saved_addend_p)
9576 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
9577 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
9578 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
9579 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
9580 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
9581 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
9582 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
9583 only a 32-bit VMA. */
9589 if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
9591 sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
9598 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
9599 do two separate stores. */
9600 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
9602 /* Undo what we did above. */
9604 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
9606 low_bits = sign_bits;
9612 high_bits = sign_bits;
9614 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
9615 contents + rel->r_offset);
9616 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
9617 contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
9621 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
9622 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, value,
9623 input_bfd, input_section,
9624 contents, cross_mode_jump_p))
9631 /* A function that iterates over each entry in la25_stubs and fills
9632 in the code for each one. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info. */
9635 mips_elf_create_la25_stub (void **slot, void *data)
9637 struct mips_htab_traverse_info *hti;
9638 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9639 struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub;
9642 bfd_vma offset, target, target_high, target_low;
9644 stub = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) *slot;
9645 hti = (struct mips_htab_traverse_info *) data;
9646 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (hti->info);
9647 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9649 /* Create the section contents, if we haven't already. */
9650 s = stub->stub_section;
9654 loc = bfd_malloc (s->size);
9663 /* Work out where in the section this stub should go. */
9664 offset = stub->offset;
9666 /* Work out the target address. */
9667 target = mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub, &s);
9668 target += s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
9670 target_high = ((target + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
9671 target_low = (target & 0xffff);
9673 if (stub->stub_section != htab->strampoline)
9675 /* This is a simple LUI/ADDIU stub. Zero out the beginning
9676 of the section and write the two instructions at the end. */
9677 memset (loc, 0, offset);
9679 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub->h->root.other))
9681 bfd_put_16 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS_1 (target_high),
9683 bfd_put_16 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS_2 (target_high),
9685 bfd_put_16 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS_1 (target_low),
9687 bfd_put_16 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS_2 (target_low),
9692 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI (target_high), loc);
9693 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU (target_low), loc + 4);
9698 /* This is trampoline. */
9700 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub->h->root.other))
9702 bfd_put_16 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS_1 (target_high),
9704 bfd_put_16 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS_2 (target_high),
9706 bfd_put_16 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_J_MICROMIPS_1 (target), loc + 4);
9707 bfd_put_16 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_J_MICROMIPS_2 (target), loc + 6);
9708 bfd_put_16 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS_1 (target_low),
9710 bfd_put_16 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS_2 (target_low),
9712 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, 0, loc + 12);
9716 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI (target_high), loc);
9717 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_J (target), loc + 4);
9718 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU (target_low), loc + 8);
9719 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, 0, loc + 12);
9725 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
9726 adjust it appropriately now. */
9729 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
9730 const char *name, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
9732 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
9733 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
9734 static const char* const text_section_symbols[] = {
9737 "__dso_displacement",
9739 "__program_header_table",
9743 static const char* const data_section_symbols[] = {
9751 const char* const *p;
9754 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
9755 for (p = (i == 0) ? text_section_symbols : data_section_symbols;
9758 if (strcmp (*p, name) == 0)
9760 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
9762 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
9763 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
9765 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
9767 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
9769 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
9775 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
9776 dynamic sections here. */
9779 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
9780 struct bfd_link_info *info,
9781 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
9782 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
9786 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
9789 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9790 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
9792 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9793 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9794 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
9795 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
9797 BFD_ASSERT (!htab->is_vxworks);
9799 if (h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE && hmips->no_fn_stub)
9801 /* We've decided to create a PLT entry for this symbol. */
9803 bfd_vma header_address, plt_index, got_address;
9804 bfd_vma got_address_high, got_address_low, load;
9805 const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
9807 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
9808 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
9809 BFD_ASSERT (htab->splt != NULL);
9810 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= htab->splt->size);
9811 BFD_ASSERT (!h->def_regular);
9813 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
9814 header_address = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
9815 + htab->splt->output_offset);
9817 /* Calculate the index of the entry. */
9818 plt_index = ((h->plt.offset - htab->plt_header_size)
9819 / htab->plt_entry_size);
9821 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
9822 got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
9823 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
9824 + (2 + plt_index) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj));
9825 got_address_high = ((got_address + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
9826 got_address_low = got_address & 0xffff;
9828 /* Initially point the .got.plt entry at the PLT header. */
9829 loc = (htab->sgotplt->contents
9830 + (2 + plt_index) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj));
9831 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
9832 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, header_address, loc);
9834 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, header_address, loc);
9836 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
9837 loc = htab->splt->contents + h->plt.offset;
9839 /* Pick the load opcode. */
9840 load = MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD (output_bfd);
9842 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
9843 plt_entry = mips_exec_plt_entry;
9844 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | got_address_high, loc);
9845 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | got_address_low | load, loc + 4);
9847 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd))
9849 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_low, loc + 8);
9850 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
9854 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 8);
9855 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_low, loc + 12);
9858 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
9859 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd, htab->srelplt,
9860 plt_index, h->dynindx,
9861 R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT, got_address);
9863 /* We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by
9864 giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT. Set the
9865 flag and leave the value if there are any relocations in the
9866 binary where pointer equality matters. */
9867 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
9868 if (h->pointer_equality_needed)
9869 sym->st_other = STO_MIPS_PLT;
9873 else if (h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE)
9875 /* We've decided to create a lazy-binding stub. */
9876 bfd_byte stub[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE];
9878 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
9880 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
9882 BFD_ASSERT ((htab->function_stub_size == MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE)
9883 || (h->dynindx <= 0xffff));
9885 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
9886 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
9888 if (h->dynindx & ~0x7fffffff)
9891 /* Fill the stub. */
9893 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LW (output_bfd), stub + idx);
9895 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd), stub + idx);
9897 if (htab->function_stub_size == MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE)
9899 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LUI ((h->dynindx >> 16) & 0x7fff),
9903 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_JALR, stub + idx);
9906 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
9907 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
9908 if (htab->function_stub_size == MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE)
9909 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_ORI (h->dynindx & 0xffff), stub + idx);
9910 else if (h->dynindx & ~0x7fff)
9911 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16U (h->dynindx & 0xffff), stub + idx);
9913 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd, h->dynindx),
9916 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= htab->sstubs->size);
9917 memcpy (htab->sstubs->contents + h->plt.offset,
9918 stub, htab->function_stub_size);
9920 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs
9921 only for the referenced symbol. */
9922 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
9924 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
9925 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
9926 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
9927 sym->st_value = (htab->sstubs->output_section->vma
9928 + htab->sstubs->output_offset
9932 /* If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol must
9933 refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard calling
9935 if (h->dynindx != -1 && hmips->fn_stub != NULL)
9937 BFD_ASSERT (hmips->need_fn_stub);
9938 sym->st_value = (hmips->fn_stub->output_section->vma
9939 + hmips->fn_stub->output_offset);
9940 sym->st_size = hmips->fn_stub->size;
9941 sym->st_other = ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym->st_other);
9944 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
9945 || h->forced_local);
9949 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
9951 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
9952 the symbols that need them. */
9953 if (hmips->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
9958 value = sym->st_value;
9959 offset = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, output_bfd, h,
9960 R_MIPS_GOT16, info);
9961 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, value, sgot->contents + offset);
9964 if (hmips->global_got_area != GGA_NONE && g->next && h->type != STT_TLS)
9966 struct mips_got_entry e, *p;
9972 e.abfd = output_bfd;
9977 for (g = g->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
9980 && (p = (struct mips_got_entry *) htab_find (g->got_entries,
9985 || (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created
9987 && p->d.h->root.def_dynamic
9988 && !p->d.h->root.def_regular))
9990 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
9991 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
9992 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
9993 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
9994 appropriate addend. */
9995 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
9997 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
9998 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
9999 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_64);
10001 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_32);
10002 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset = offset;
10005 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
10006 (output_bfd, info, rel,
10007 e.d.h, NULL, sym->st_value, &entry, sgot)))
10011 entry = sym->st_value;
10012 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, entry, sgot->contents + offset);
10017 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
10018 name = h->root.root.string;
10019 if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
10020 || h == elf_hash_table (info)->hgot)
10021 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
10022 else if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
10023 || strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
10025 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
10026 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
10029 else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
10031 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
10032 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
10033 sym->st_value = elf_gp (output_bfd);
10035 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
10037 if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
10038 || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
10040 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
10041 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
10043 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
10045 else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
10047 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
10048 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
10049 sym->st_value = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count;
10050 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
10052 else if (sym->st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF && sym->st_shndx != SHN_ABS)
10054 if (h->type == STT_FUNC)
10055 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
10056 else if (h->type == STT_OBJECT)
10057 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
10061 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
10067 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
10068 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
10070 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
10071 symval = (h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
10072 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
10073 + h->root.u.def.value);
10074 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd, s, s->reloc_count++,
10075 h->dynindx, R_MIPS_COPY, symval);
10078 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
10079 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix6)
10080 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd, name, sym);
10082 /* Keep dynamic MIPS16 symbols odd. This allows the dynamic linker to
10083 treat MIPS16 symbols like any other. */
10084 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other))
10086 BFD_ASSERT (sym->st_value & 1);
10087 sym->st_other -= STO_MIPS16;
10093 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
10096 _bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
10097 struct bfd_link_info *info,
10098 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
10099 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
10103 struct mips_got_info *g;
10104 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10105 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
10107 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10108 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10109 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
10110 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
10112 if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
10115 bfd_vma plt_address, plt_index, got_address, got_offset, branch_offset;
10116 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
10117 static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
10119 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
10120 BFD_ASSERT (htab->splt != NULL);
10121 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= htab->splt->size);
10123 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
10124 plt_address = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
10125 + htab->splt->output_offset
10128 /* Calculate the index of the entry. */
10129 plt_index = ((h->plt.offset - htab->plt_header_size)
10130 / htab->plt_entry_size);
10132 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
10133 got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
10134 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
10137 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
10138 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
10139 got_offset = mips_elf_gotplt_index (info, h);
10141 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
10142 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
10143 branch_offset = -(h->plt.offset / 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
10145 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
10146 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_address,
10147 htab->sgotplt->contents + plt_index * 4);
10149 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10150 loc = htab->splt->contents + h->plt.offset;
10154 plt_entry = mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry;
10155 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | branch_offset, loc);
10156 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | plt_index, loc + 4);
10160 bfd_vma got_address_high, got_address_low;
10162 plt_entry = mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry;
10163 got_address_high = ((got_address + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10164 got_address_low = got_address & 0xffff;
10166 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | branch_offset, loc);
10167 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | plt_index, loc + 4);
10168 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_high, loc + 8);
10169 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3] | got_address_low, loc + 12);
10170 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
10171 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
10172 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], loc + 24);
10173 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], loc + 28);
10175 loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents
10176 + (plt_index * 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
10178 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
10179 rel.r_offset = got_address;
10180 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_MIPS_32);
10181 rel.r_addend = h->plt.offset;
10182 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10184 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
10185 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10186 rel.r_offset = plt_address + 8;
10187 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
10188 rel.r_addend = got_offset;
10189 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10191 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
10192 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10194 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
10195 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10198 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
10199 loc = htab->srelplt->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10200 rel.r_offset = got_address;
10201 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT);
10203 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10205 if (!h->def_regular)
10206 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
10209 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1 || h->forced_local);
10212 g = htab->got_info;
10213 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
10215 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
10216 if (hmips->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
10219 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
10223 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
10224 offset = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, output_bfd, h,
10225 R_MIPS_GOT16, info);
10226 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, sym->st_value, sgot->contents + offset);
10228 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
10229 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
10230 loc = s->contents + (s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
10231 outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
10232 + sgot->output_offset
10234 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_32);
10235 outrel.r_addend = 0;
10236 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj, &outrel, loc);
10239 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
10242 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
10244 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
10246 rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
10247 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
10248 + h->root.u.def.value);
10249 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_COPY);
10251 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel,
10252 htab->srelbss->contents
10253 + (htab->srelbss->reloc_count
10254 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)));
10255 ++htab->srelbss->reloc_count;
10258 /* If this is a mips16/microMIPS symbol, force the value to be even. */
10259 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
10260 sym->st_value &= ~1;
10265 /* Write out a plt0 entry to the beginning of .plt. */
10268 mips_finish_exec_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
10271 bfd_vma gotplt_value, gotplt_value_high, gotplt_value_low;
10272 static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
10273 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10275 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10276 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10278 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
10279 plt_entry = mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry;
10280 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd))
10281 plt_entry = mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry;
10283 plt_entry = mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry;
10285 /* Calculate the value of .got.plt. */
10286 gotplt_value = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
10287 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset);
10288 gotplt_value_high = ((gotplt_value + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10289 gotplt_value_low = gotplt_value & 0xffff;
10291 /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt's address can
10292 not be loaded in two instructions. */
10293 BFD_ASSERT ((gotplt_value & ~(bfd_vma) 0x7fffffff) == 0
10294 || ~(gotplt_value | 0x7fffffff) == 0);
10296 /* Install the PLT header. */
10297 loc = htab->splt->contents;
10298 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | gotplt_value_high, loc);
10299 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | gotplt_value_low, loc + 4);
10300 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | gotplt_value_low, loc + 8);
10301 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
10302 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
10303 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
10304 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], loc + 24);
10305 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], loc + 28);
10308 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
10309 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
10312 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
10314 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
10316 bfd_vma got_value, got_value_high, got_value_low, plt_address;
10317 static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
10318 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10320 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10321 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10323 plt_entry = mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry;
10325 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
10326 got_value = (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
10327 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset
10328 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
10330 got_value_high = ((got_value + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10331 got_value_low = got_value & 0xffff;
10333 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
10334 plt_address = htab->splt->output_section->vma + htab->splt->output_offset;
10336 /* Install the PLT header. */
10337 loc = htab->splt->contents;
10338 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | got_value_high, loc);
10339 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | got_value_low, loc + 4);
10340 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], loc + 8);
10341 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
10342 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
10343 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
10345 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
10346 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
10347 rela.r_offset = plt_address;
10348 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
10350 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
10351 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10353 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
10354 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
10355 rela.r_offset += 4;
10356 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
10357 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
10358 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10360 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
10361 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
10362 in which symbols were output. */
10363 while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
10365 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
10367 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10368 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_MIPS_32);
10369 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10370 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10372 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10373 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
10374 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10375 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10377 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10378 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
10379 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10380 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10384 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
10387 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
10390 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10392 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10393 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10395 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
10396 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry); i++)
10397 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry[i],
10398 htab->splt->contents + i * 4);
10401 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
10404 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
10405 struct bfd_link_info *info)
10410 struct mips_got_info *gg, *g;
10411 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10413 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10414 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10416 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
10418 sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynamic");
10421 gg = htab->got_info;
10423 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
10426 int dyn_to_skip = 0, dyn_skipped = 0;
10428 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL);
10429 BFD_ASSERT (gg != NULL);
10431 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, output_bfd);
10432 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
10434 for (b = sdyn->contents;
10435 b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->size;
10436 b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj))
10438 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
10442 bfd_boolean swap_out_p;
10444 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
10445 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn);
10447 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
10453 dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj);
10457 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
10458 dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj);
10462 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
10464 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr);
10469 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
10472 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT:
10474 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
10477 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION:
10478 dyn.d_un.d_val = 1; /* XXX */
10481 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS:
10482 dyn.d_un.d_val = RHF_NOTPOT; /* XXX */
10485 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP:
10489 dyn.d_un.d_val = t;
10493 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM:
10495 swap_out_p = FALSE;
10498 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION:
10500 swap_out_p = FALSE;
10503 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS:
10504 s = output_bfd->sections;
10505 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
10506 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff;
10509 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO:
10510 dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno;
10513 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO:
10514 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
10515 entry of the first external symbol that is not
10516 referenced within the same object. */
10517 dyn.d_un.d_val = bfd_count_sections (output_bfd) + 1;
10520 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM:
10521 if (gg->global_gotsym)
10523 dyn.d_un.d_val = gg->global_gotsym->dynindx;
10526 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
10527 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
10528 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
10530 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO:
10532 elemsize = MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd);
10533 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name);
10534 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
10536 dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size / elemsize;
10539 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO:
10540 dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno - htab->reserved_gotno;
10543 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP:
10545 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
10546 h = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_symbol;
10549 dyn_to_skip = MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj);
10550 swap_out_p = FALSE;
10553 s = h->root.u.def.section;
10554 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = (s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset
10555 + h->root.u.def.value);
10559 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
10560 s = (bfd_get_section_by_name
10561 (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd)));
10562 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
10566 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
10567 /* The count does not include the JUMP_SLOT relocations. */
10569 dyn.d_un.d_val -= htab->srelplt->size;
10573 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
10574 if (htab->is_vxworks)
10575 dyn.d_un.d_val = DT_RELA;
10577 dyn.d_un.d_val = DT_REL;
10581 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
10582 dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->srelplt->size;
10586 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
10587 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = (htab->srelplt->output_section->vma
10588 + htab->srelplt->output_offset);
10592 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
10593 the dynamic tag. */
10594 if (!(info->flags & DF_TEXTREL))
10596 dyn_to_skip = MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj);
10597 swap_out_p = FALSE;
10602 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
10603 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
10604 if (!(info->flags & DF_TEXTREL))
10605 dyn.d_un.d_val &= ~DF_TEXTREL;
10607 swap_out_p = FALSE;
10611 swap_out_p = FALSE;
10612 if (htab->is_vxworks
10613 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
10618 if (swap_out_p || dyn_skipped)
10619 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out)
10620 (dynobj, &dyn, b - dyn_skipped);
10624 dyn_skipped += dyn_to_skip;
10629 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
10630 if (dyn_skipped > 0)
10631 memset (b - dyn_skipped, 0, dyn_skipped);
10634 if (sgot != NULL && sgot->size > 0
10635 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sgot->output_section))
10637 if (htab->is_vxworks)
10639 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
10640 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
10641 loader and contains the shared library identifier.
10642 The third is also initialized by the loader and points
10643 to the lazy resolution stub. */
10644 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd,
10645 sdyn->output_offset + sdyn->output_section->vma,
10647 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0,
10648 sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
10649 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0,
10651 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
10655 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
10656 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
10657 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
10658 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents);
10659 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd),
10660 sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
10663 elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
10664 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
10667 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
10668 if (gg != NULL && gg->next)
10670 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
10671 bfd_vma addend = 0;
10673 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
10674 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_REL32);
10676 for (g = gg->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
10678 bfd_vma got_index = g->next->local_gotno + g->next->global_gotno
10679 + g->next->tls_gotno;
10681 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0, sgot->contents
10682 + got_index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
10683 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd),
10685 + got_index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
10687 if (! info->shared)
10690 while (got_index < g->assigned_gotno)
10692 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset
10693 = got_index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
10694 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
10695 (output_bfd, info, rel, NULL,
10696 bfd_abs_section_ptr,
10697 0, &addend, sgot)))
10699 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
10704 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
10705 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
10708 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
10711 bfd_boolean swap_out_p;
10713 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL);
10715 for (b = sdyn->contents;
10716 b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->size;
10717 b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj))
10719 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
10722 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
10723 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn);
10725 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
10731 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
10732 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
10733 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
10734 are trailing null entries. */
10735 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
10736 dyn.d_un.d_val = (s->reloc_count
10737 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
10738 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)
10739 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
10740 /* Adjust the section size too. Tools like the prelinker
10741 can reasonably expect the values to the same. */
10742 elf_section_data (s->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_size
10747 swap_out_p = FALSE;
10752 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out)
10759 Elf32_compact_rel cpt;
10761 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
10763 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
10764 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
10768 cpt.num = s->reloc_count;
10770 cpt.offset = (s->output_section->filepos
10771 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
10774 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd, &cpt,
10775 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel *)
10778 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
10779 if (htab->sstubs != NULL)
10781 file_ptr dummy_offset;
10783 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sstubs->size >= htab->function_stub_size);
10784 dummy_offset = htab->sstubs->size - htab->function_stub_size;
10785 memset (htab->sstubs->contents + dummy_offset, 0,
10786 htab->function_stub_size);
10791 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
10792 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
10793 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
10794 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
10795 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
10797 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
10799 && s->size > (bfd_vma)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd))
10801 reldyn_sorting_bfd = output_bfd;
10803 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
10804 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1,
10805 s->reloc_count - 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel),
10806 sort_dynamic_relocs_64);
10808 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1,
10809 s->reloc_count - 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel),
10810 sort_dynamic_relocs);
10815 if (htab->splt && htab->splt->size > 0)
10817 if (htab->is_vxworks)
10820 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd, info);
10822 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd, info);
10826 BFD_ASSERT (!info->shared);
10827 mips_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd, info);
10834 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
10837 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd *abfd)
10841 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd))
10844 case bfd_mach_mips3000:
10845 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1;
10848 case bfd_mach_mips3900:
10849 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1 | E_MIPS_MACH_3900;
10852 case bfd_mach_mips6000:
10853 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_2;
10856 case bfd_mach_mips4000:
10857 case bfd_mach_mips4300:
10858 case bfd_mach_mips4400:
10859 case bfd_mach_mips4600:
10860 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3;
10863 case bfd_mach_mips4010:
10864 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4010;
10867 case bfd_mach_mips4100:
10868 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4100;
10871 case bfd_mach_mips4111:
10872 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4111;
10875 case bfd_mach_mips4120:
10876 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4120;
10879 case bfd_mach_mips4650:
10880 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4650;
10883 case bfd_mach_mips5400:
10884 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5400;
10887 case bfd_mach_mips5500:
10888 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5500;
10891 case bfd_mach_mips9000:
10892 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_9000;
10895 case bfd_mach_mips5000:
10896 case bfd_mach_mips7000:
10897 case bfd_mach_mips8000:
10898 case bfd_mach_mips10000:
10899 case bfd_mach_mips12000:
10900 case bfd_mach_mips14000:
10901 case bfd_mach_mips16000:
10902 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4;
10905 case bfd_mach_mips5:
10906 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_5;
10909 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e:
10910 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E;
10913 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f:
10914 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F;
10917 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1:
10918 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_SB1;
10921 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a:
10922 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A;
10925 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon:
10926 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp:
10927 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2 | E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON;
10930 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr:
10931 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_XLR;
10934 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2:
10935 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2 | E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2;
10938 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32:
10939 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32;
10942 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64:
10943 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64;
10946 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2:
10947 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2;
10950 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2:
10951 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2;
10954 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
10955 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags |= val;
10960 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
10961 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
10962 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
10965 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd,
10966 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
10969 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
10973 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
10974 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
10975 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
10976 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == 0)
10977 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd);
10979 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
10980 info for each special section. */
10981 for (i = 1, hdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1;
10982 i < elf_numsections (abfd);
10985 switch ((*hdrpp)->sh_type)
10987 case SHT_MIPS_MSYM:
10988 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
10989 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
10991 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
10994 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
10995 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
10996 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
10997 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
10998 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."));
10999 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
11000 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
11001 (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
11004 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
11005 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
11006 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
11007 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
11008 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"));
11009 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
11010 name + sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
11011 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
11012 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
11015 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
11016 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
11018 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
11019 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".liblist");
11021 (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
11024 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
11025 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
11026 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
11027 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
11028 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events"))
11029 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
11030 name + sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
11033 BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"));
11034 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
11036 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
11038 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
11039 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
11046 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
11050 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd,
11051 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
11056 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
11057 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
11058 if (s && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD))
11061 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
11062 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6
11063 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
11064 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)))
11067 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
11068 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5
11069 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic")
11070 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug"))
11073 /* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects. See
11074 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details. */
11075 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
11076 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"))
11082 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
11085 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
11086 struct bfd_link_info *info)
11089 struct elf_segment_map *m, **pm;
11092 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
11094 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
11095 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
11097 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
11098 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_REGINFO)
11103 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
11107 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_REGINFO;
11109 m->sections[0] = s;
11111 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
11112 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
11114 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
11115 || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
11123 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
11124 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
11125 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
11127 if (NEWABI_P (abfd)
11128 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
11129 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
11130 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
11132 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
11134 for (s = abfd->sections; s; s = s->next)
11135 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
11140 struct elf_segment_map *options_segment;
11142 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
11144 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
11145 || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
11148 if (*pm == NULL || (*pm)->p_type != PT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
11150 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
11151 options_segment = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
11152 options_segment->next = *pm;
11153 options_segment->p_type = PT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
11154 options_segment->p_flags = PF_R;
11155 options_segment->p_flags_valid = TRUE;
11156 options_segment->count = 1;
11157 options_segment->sections[0] = s;
11158 *pm = options_segment;
11164 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
11166 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
11167 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
11168 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp") == NULL
11169 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL
11170 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug") != NULL)
11172 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
11173 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_RTPROC)
11178 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
11182 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_RTPROC;
11184 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
11189 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
11194 m->sections[0] = s;
11197 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
11198 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
11199 while (*pm != NULL && (*pm)->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC)
11209 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
11210 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
11212 for (pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; *pm != NULL;
11214 if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC)
11217 if (m != NULL && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none)
11219 /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC
11220 segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since
11221 the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters
11222 sometimes for the dynamic linker. */
11223 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
11225 m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_W | PF_X;
11226 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
11229 /* GNU/Linux binaries do not need the extended PT_DYNAMIC section.
11230 glibc's dynamic linker has traditionally derived the number of
11231 tags from the p_filesz field, and sometimes allocates stack
11232 arrays of that size. An overly-big PT_DYNAMIC segment can
11233 be actively harmful in such cases. Making PT_DYNAMIC contain
11234 other sections can also make life hard for the prelinker,
11235 which might move one of the other sections to a different
11236 PT_LOAD segment. */
11237 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
11240 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") == 0)
11242 static const char *sec_names[] =
11244 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
11248 struct elf_segment_map *n;
11250 low = ~(bfd_vma) 0;
11252 for (i = 0; i < sizeof sec_names / sizeof sec_names[0]; i++)
11254 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec_names[i]);
11255 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
11262 if (high < s->vma + sz)
11263 high = s->vma + sz;
11268 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
11269 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
11271 && s->vma + s->size <= high)
11274 amt = sizeof *n + (bfd_size_type) (c - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
11275 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
11282 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
11284 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
11286 && s->vma + s->size <= high)
11288 n->sections[i] = s;
11297 /* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools
11298 like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry.
11300 If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its
11301 standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into
11302 the new (writable) segment. However, the MIPS ABI requires
11303 .dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often
11304 start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header.
11306 Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a
11307 writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program
11308 header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections.
11309 There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags,
11310 so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural
11313 If INFO is NULL, we may be copying an already prelinked binary
11314 with objcopy or strip, so do not add this header. */
11316 && !SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
11317 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"))
11319 for (pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; *pm != NULL; pm = &(*pm)->next)
11320 if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_NULL)
11324 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*m));
11328 m->p_type = PT_NULL;
11336 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
11340 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
11341 struct bfd_link_info *info,
11342 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
11343 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
11344 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
11346 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
11349 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec->owner, rel->r_info))
11351 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
11352 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
11356 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
11359 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
11362 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
11363 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
11364 asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
11365 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
11368 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
11369 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
11370 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
11371 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
11372 unsigned long r_symndx;
11373 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
11375 if (info->relocatable)
11378 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
11379 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
11380 local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
11382 relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
11383 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
11384 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info))
11386 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
11387 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
11389 case R_MIPS_CALL16:
11390 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
11391 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
11392 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
11393 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
11394 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
11395 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
11396 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
11397 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
11398 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
11399 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
11400 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
11401 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
11402 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
11403 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
11404 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
11405 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST:
11406 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
11407 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
11408 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
11419 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
11420 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
11421 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
11422 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
11425 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
11426 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
11427 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
11429 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *dirmips, *indmips;
11431 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
11433 dirmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir;
11434 indmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind;
11435 /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
11436 definition will be against the target symbol. */
11437 if (indmips->has_static_relocs)
11438 dirmips->has_static_relocs = TRUE;
11440 if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
11443 dirmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs += indmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
11444 if (indmips->readonly_reloc)
11445 dirmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
11446 if (indmips->no_fn_stub)
11447 dirmips->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
11448 if (indmips->fn_stub)
11450 dirmips->fn_stub = indmips->fn_stub;
11451 indmips->fn_stub = NULL;
11453 if (indmips->need_fn_stub)
11455 dirmips->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
11456 indmips->need_fn_stub = FALSE;
11458 if (indmips->call_stub)
11460 dirmips->call_stub = indmips->call_stub;
11461 indmips->call_stub = NULL;
11463 if (indmips->call_fp_stub)
11465 dirmips->call_fp_stub = indmips->call_fp_stub;
11466 indmips->call_fp_stub = NULL;
11468 if (indmips->global_got_area < dirmips->global_got_area)
11469 dirmips->global_got_area = indmips->global_got_area;
11470 if (indmips->global_got_area < GGA_NONE)
11471 indmips->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
11472 if (indmips->has_nonpic_branches)
11473 dirmips->has_nonpic_branches = TRUE;
11475 if (dirmips->tls_type == 0)
11476 dirmips->tls_type = indmips->tls_type;
11479 #define PDR_SIZE 32
11482 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd *abfd, struct elf_reloc_cookie *cookie,
11483 struct bfd_link_info *info)
11486 bfd_boolean ret = FALSE;
11487 unsigned char *tdata;
11490 o = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".pdr");
11495 if (o->size % PDR_SIZE != 0)
11497 if (o->output_section != NULL
11498 && bfd_is_abs_section (o->output_section))
11501 tdata = bfd_zmalloc (o->size / PDR_SIZE);
11505 cookie->rels = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
11506 info->keep_memory);
11513 cookie->rel = cookie->rels;
11514 cookie->relend = cookie->rels + o->reloc_count;
11516 for (i = 0, skip = 0; i < o->size / PDR_SIZE; i ++)
11518 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i * PDR_SIZE, cookie))
11527 mips_elf_section_data (o)->u.tdata = tdata;
11528 o->size -= skip * PDR_SIZE;
11534 if (! info->keep_memory)
11535 free (cookie->rels);
11541 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection *sec)
11543 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") == 0)
11549 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd *output_bfd,
11550 struct bfd_link_info *link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
11551 asection *sec, bfd_byte *contents)
11553 bfd_byte *to, *from, *end;
11556 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") != 0)
11559 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata == NULL)
11563 end = contents + sec->size;
11564 for (from = contents, i = 0;
11566 from += PDR_SIZE, i++)
11568 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata)[i] == 1)
11571 memcpy (to, from, PDR_SIZE);
11574 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd, sec->output_section, contents,
11575 sec->output_offset, sec->size);
11579 /* microMIPS code retains local labels for linker relaxation. Omit them
11580 from output by default for clarity. */
11583 _bfd_mips_elf_is_target_special_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
11585 return _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd, sym->name);
11588 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
11589 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
11591 struct mips_elf_find_line
11593 struct ecoff_debug_info d;
11594 struct ecoff_find_line i;
11598 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd, asection *section,
11599 asymbol **symbols, bfd_vma offset,
11600 const char **filename_ptr,
11601 const char **functionname_ptr,
11602 unsigned int *line_ptr)
11606 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
11607 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
11611 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, dwarf_debug_sections,
11612 section, symbols, offset,
11613 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
11614 line_ptr, ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 8 : 0,
11615 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
11618 msec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug");
11621 flagword origflags;
11622 struct mips_elf_find_line *fi;
11623 const struct ecoff_debug_swap * const swap =
11624 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
11626 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
11627 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
11628 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
11629 origflags = msec->flags;
11630 if (elf_section_data (msec)->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
11631 msec->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
11633 fi = elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info;
11636 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size;
11639 struct fdr *fdr_ptr;
11640 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line);
11642 fi = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
11645 msec->flags = origflags;
11649 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd, msec, &fi->d))
11651 msec->flags = origflags;
11655 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
11656 amt = fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * sizeof (struct fdr);
11657 fi->d.fdr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
11658 if (fi->d.fdr == NULL)
11660 msec->flags = origflags;
11663 external_fdr_size = swap->external_fdr_size;
11664 fdr_ptr = fi->d.fdr;
11665 fraw_src = (char *) fi->d.external_fdr;
11666 fraw_end = (fraw_src
11667 + fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * external_fdr_size);
11668 for (; fraw_src < fraw_end; fraw_src += external_fdr_size, fdr_ptr++)
11669 (*swap->swap_fdr_in) (abfd, fraw_src, fdr_ptr);
11671 elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info = fi;
11673 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
11674 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
11675 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
11676 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
11677 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
11678 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
11681 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd, section, offset, &fi->d, swap,
11682 &fi->i, filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
11685 msec->flags = origflags;
11689 msec->flags = origflags;
11692 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
11694 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
11695 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
11700 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd,
11701 const char **filename_ptr,
11702 const char **functionname_ptr,
11703 unsigned int *line_ptr)
11706 found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr,
11707 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
11708 & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
11713 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
11714 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
11715 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
11718 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd, sec_ptr section,
11719 const void *location,
11720 file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type count)
11722 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section->name))
11726 if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
11728 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data);
11729 section->used_by_bfd = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
11730 if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
11733 c = mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata;
11736 c = bfd_zalloc (abfd, section->size);
11739 mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata = c;
11742 memcpy (c + offset, location, count);
11745 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset,
11749 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
11750 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
11753 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
11755 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
11756 struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
11758 bfd_boolean relocatable,
11761 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
11762 bfd *input_bfd = link_order->u.indirect.section->owner;
11763 asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
11766 long reloc_size = bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd, input_section);
11767 arelent **reloc_vector = NULL;
11770 if (reloc_size < 0)
11773 reloc_vector = bfd_malloc (reloc_size);
11774 if (reloc_vector == NULL && reloc_size != 0)
11777 /* read in the section */
11778 sz = input_section->rawsize ? input_section->rawsize : input_section->size;
11779 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section, data, 0, sz))
11782 reloc_count = bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd,
11786 if (reloc_count < 0)
11789 if (reloc_count > 0)
11794 bfd_vma gp = 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
11797 struct bfd_hash_entry *h;
11798 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *lh;
11799 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
11800 if (abfd && input_bfd
11801 && abfd->xvec == input_bfd->xvec)
11805 h = bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info->hash->table, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE);
11806 lh = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) h;
11813 case bfd_link_hash_undefined:
11814 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak:
11815 case bfd_link_hash_common:
11818 case bfd_link_hash_defined:
11819 case bfd_link_hash_defweak:
11821 gp = lh->u.def.value;
11823 case bfd_link_hash_indirect:
11824 case bfd_link_hash_warning:
11826 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
11828 case bfd_link_hash_new:
11837 for (parent = reloc_vector; *parent != NULL; parent++)
11839 char *error_message = NULL;
11840 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
11842 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
11843 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
11844 asymbol *sym = *(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr;
11846 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
11847 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
11848 to the generic handling. */
11850 && (*parent)->howto->special_function
11851 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc)
11852 r = _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd, sym, *parent,
11853 input_section, relocatable,
11856 r = bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd, *parent, data,
11858 relocatable ? abfd : NULL,
11863 asection *os = input_section->output_section;
11865 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
11866 os->orelocation[os->reloc_count] = *parent;
11870 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
11874 case bfd_reloc_undefined:
11875 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
11876 (link_info, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
11877 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address, TRUE)))
11880 case bfd_reloc_dangerous:
11881 BFD_ASSERT (error_message != NULL);
11882 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous)
11883 (link_info, error_message, input_bfd, input_section,
11884 (*parent)->address)))
11887 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
11888 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
11890 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
11891 (*parent)->howto->name, (*parent)->addend,
11892 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address)))
11895 case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
11904 if (reloc_vector != NULL)
11905 free (reloc_vector);
11909 if (reloc_vector != NULL)
11910 free (reloc_vector);
11915 mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd *abfd,
11916 asection *sec, bfd_vma addr, int count)
11918 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
11919 unsigned int sec_shndx;
11920 bfd_byte *contents;
11921 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
11922 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
11923 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
11924 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
11925 struct elf_link_hash_entry **end_hashes;
11926 struct elf_link_hash_entry **start_hashes;
11927 unsigned int symcount;
11929 sec_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
11930 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
11932 irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs;
11933 irelend = irel + sec->reloc_count;
11935 /* Actually delete the bytes. */
11936 memmove (contents + addr, contents + addr + count,
11937 (size_t) (sec->size - addr - count));
11938 sec->size -= count;
11940 /* Adjust all the relocs. */
11941 for (irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
11943 /* Get the new reloc address. */
11944 if (irel->r_offset > addr)
11945 irel->r_offset -= count;
11948 BFD_ASSERT (addr % 2 == 0);
11949 BFD_ASSERT (count % 2 == 0);
11951 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
11952 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
11953 isym = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
11954 for (isymend = isym + symtab_hdr->sh_info; isym < isymend; isym++)
11955 if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx && isym->st_value > addr)
11956 isym->st_value -= count;
11958 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
11959 symcount = (symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym)
11960 - symtab_hdr->sh_info);
11961 sym_hashes = start_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
11962 end_hashes = sym_hashes + symcount;
11964 for (; sym_hashes < end_hashes; sym_hashes++)
11966 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym_hash = *sym_hashes;
11968 if ((sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
11969 || sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
11970 && sym_hash->root.u.def.section == sec)
11972 bfd_vma value = sym_hash->root.u.def.value;
11974 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym_hash->other))
11975 value &= MINUS_TWO;
11977 sym_hash->root.u.def.value -= count;
11985 /* Opcodes needed for microMIPS relaxation as found in
11986 opcodes/micromips-opc.c. */
11988 struct opcode_descriptor {
11989 unsigned long match;
11990 unsigned long mask;
11993 /* The $ra register aka $31. */
11997 /* 32-bit instruction format register fields. */
11999 #define OP32_SREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
12000 #define OP32_TREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 21) & 0x1f)
12002 /* Check if a 5-bit register index can be abbreviated to 3 bits. */
12004 #define OP16_VALID_REG(r) \
12005 ((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) || (16 <= (r) && (r) <= 17))
12008 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branches. */
12010 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insns_32[] = {
12011 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x40400000, 0xffff0000 }, /* bgez 0 */
12012 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffff0000 }, /* beq 0, 0 */
12013 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12016 static const struct opcode_descriptor bc_insn_32 =
12017 { /* "bc(1|2)(ft)", "N,p", */ 0x42800000, 0xfec30000 };
12019 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_32 =
12020 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 };
12022 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzal_insn_32 =
12023 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 };
12025 static const struct opcode_descriptor beq_insn_32 =
12026 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 };
12028 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insn_16 =
12029 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 };
12031 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_16 =
12032 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 };
12035 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branch EQ and NE zero. */
12037 /* NOTE: All opcode tables have BEQ/BNE in the same order: first the
12038 eq and second the ne. This convention is used when replacing a
12039 32-bit BEQ/BNE with the 16-bit version. */
12041 #define BZC32_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 16)
12043 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rs_insns_32[] = {
12044 { /* "beqz", "s,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffe00000 },
12045 { /* "bnez", "s,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xffe00000 },
12046 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12049 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rt_insns_32[] = {
12050 { /* "beqz", "t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xfc01f000 },
12051 { /* "bnez", "t,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xfc01f000 },
12052 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12055 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzc_insns_32[] = {
12056 { /* "beqzc", "s,p", */ 0x40e00000, 0xffe00000 },
12057 { /* "bnezc", "s,p", */ 0x40a00000, 0xffe00000 },
12058 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12061 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insns_16[] = {
12062 { /* "beqz", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xfc00 },
12063 { /* "bnez", "md,mE", */ 0xac00, 0xfc00 },
12064 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12067 /* Switch between a 5-bit register index and its 3-bit shorthand. */
12069 #define BZ16_REG(opcode) ((((((opcode) >> 7) & 7) + 0x1e) & 0x17) + 2)
12070 #define BZ16_REG_FIELD(r) \
12071 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 7)
12074 /* 32-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
12076 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd16 =
12077 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 };
12079 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd32 =
12080 { /* "jal", "a", */ 0xf4000000, 0xfc000000 };
12082 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_x_insn_32_bd32 =
12083 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 };
12085 static const struct opcode_descriptor j_insn_32 =
12086 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 };
12088 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_32 =
12089 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff };
12091 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
12093 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd16[] = {
12094 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 },
12096 { /* "jalrs[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00004f3c, 0xfc00efff },
12097 { /* "b(ge|lt)zals", "s,p", */ 0x42200000, 0xffa00000 },
12099 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 },
12100 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 },
12101 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 },
12102 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12105 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
12107 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd32[] = {
12108 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 },
12110 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff },
12111 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 },
12112 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12116 /* 16-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
12118 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd16 =
12119 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 };
12121 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd32 =
12122 { /* "jalr", "my,mj", */ 0x45c0, 0xffe0 };
12124 static const struct opcode_descriptor jr_insn_16 =
12125 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 };
12127 #define JR16_REG(opcode) ((opcode) & 0x1f)
12129 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
12131 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_16_bd16[] = {
12132 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 },
12134 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 },
12135 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 },
12136 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 },
12137 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12141 /* LUI instruction. */
12143 static const struct opcode_descriptor lui_insn =
12144 { /* "lui", "s,u", */ 0x41a00000, 0xffe00000 };
12147 /* ADDIU instruction. */
12149 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiu_insn =
12150 { /* "addiu", "t,r,j", */ 0x30000000, 0xfc000000 };
12152 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiupc_insn =
12153 { /* "addiu", "mb,$pc,mQ", */ 0x78000000, 0xfc000000 };
12155 #define ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD(r) \
12156 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 23)
12159 /* Relaxable instructions in a JAL delay slot: MOVE. */
12161 /* The 16-bit move has rd in 9:5 and rs in 4:0. The 32-bit moves
12162 (ADDU, OR) have rd in 15:11 and rs in 10:16. */
12163 #define MOVE32_RD(opcode) (((opcode) >> 11) & 0x1f)
12164 #define MOVE32_RS(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
12166 #define MOVE16_RD_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 5)
12167 #define MOVE16_RS_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) )
12169 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insns_32[] = {
12170 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000150, 0xffe007ff }, /* addu d,s,$0 */
12171 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000290, 0xffe007ff }, /* or d,s,$0 */
12172 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12175 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insn_16 =
12176 { /* "move", "mp,mj", */ 0x0c00, 0xfc00 };
12179 /* NOP instructions. */
12181 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_32 =
12182 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x00000000, 0xffffffff };
12184 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_16 =
12185 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x0c00, 0xffff };
12188 /* Instruction match support. */
12190 #define MATCH(opcode, insn) ((opcode & insn.mask) == insn.match)
12193 find_match (unsigned long opcode, const struct opcode_descriptor insn[])
12195 unsigned long indx;
12197 for (indx = 0; insn[indx].mask != 0; indx++)
12198 if (MATCH (opcode, insn[indx]))
12205 /* Branch and delay slot decoding support. */
12207 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 16-bit branch or jump, then
12208 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
12209 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
12210 the second half of another instruction. */
12213 check_br16_dslot (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr)
12215 unsigned long opcode;
12218 opcode = bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr);
12219 if (MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_16_bd32) != 0)
12220 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
12222 else if (MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_16_bd16) != 0
12223 || find_match (opcode, ds_insns_16_bd16) >= 0)
12224 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
12227 /* No delay slot. */
12233 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 32-bit branch or jump, then
12234 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
12235 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
12236 the second half of another instruction. */
12239 check_br32_dslot (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr)
12241 unsigned long opcode;
12244 opcode = (bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr) << 16) | bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr + 2);
12245 if (find_match (opcode, ds_insns_32_bd32) >= 0)
12246 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
12248 else if (find_match (opcode, ds_insns_32_bd16) >= 0)
12249 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
12252 /* No delay slot. */
12258 /* If PTR points to a 16-bit branch or jump with a 32-bit delay slot
12259 that doesn't fiddle with REG, then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
12262 check_br16 (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr, unsigned long reg)
12264 unsigned long opcode;
12266 opcode = bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr);
12267 if (MATCH (opcode, b_insn_16)
12269 || (MATCH (opcode, jr_insn_16) && reg != JR16_REG (opcode))
12271 || (MATCH (opcode, bz_insn_16) && reg != BZ16_REG (opcode))
12272 /* BEQZ16, BNEZ16 */
12273 || (MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_16_bd32)
12275 && reg != JR16_REG (opcode) && reg != RA))
12281 /* If PTR points to a 32-bit branch or jump that doesn't fiddle with REG,
12282 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
12285 check_br32 (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr, unsigned long reg)
12287 unsigned long opcode;
12289 opcode = (bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr) << 16) | bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr + 2);
12290 if (MATCH (opcode, j_insn_32)
12292 || MATCH (opcode, bc_insn_32)
12293 /* BC1F, BC1T, BC2F, BC2T */
12294 || (MATCH (opcode, jal_x_insn_32_bd32) && reg != RA)
12296 || (MATCH (opcode, bz_insn_32) && reg != OP32_SREG (opcode))
12297 /* BGEZ, BGTZ, BLEZ, BLTZ */
12298 || (MATCH (opcode, bzal_insn_32)
12299 /* BGEZAL, BLTZAL */
12300 && reg != OP32_SREG (opcode) && reg != RA)
12301 || ((MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_32) || MATCH (opcode, beq_insn_32))
12302 /* JALR, JALR.HB, BEQ, BNE */
12303 && reg != OP32_SREG (opcode) && reg != OP32_TREG (opcode)))
12309 /* If the instruction encoding at PTR and relocations [INTERNAL_RELOCS,
12310 IRELEND) at OFFSET indicate that there must be a compact branch there,
12311 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
12314 check_relocated_bzc (bfd *abfd, const bfd_byte *ptr, bfd_vma offset,
12315 const Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs,
12316 const Elf_Internal_Rela *irelend)
12318 const Elf_Internal_Rela *irel;
12319 unsigned long opcode;
12321 opcode = bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr);
12323 opcode |= bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr + 2);
12324 if (find_match (opcode, bzc_insns_32) < 0)
12327 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
12328 if (irel->r_offset == offset
12329 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1)
12335 /* Bitsize checking. */
12336 #define IS_BITSIZE(val, N) \
12337 (((((val) & ((1ULL << (N)) - 1)) ^ (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) \
12338 - (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) == (val))
12342 _bfd_mips_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
12343 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
12344 bfd_boolean *again)
12346 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
12347 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
12348 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
12349 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
12350 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
12352 /* Assume nothing changes. */
12355 /* We don't have to do anything for a relocatable link, if
12356 this section does not have relocs, or if this is not a
12359 if (link_info->relocatable
12360 || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
12361 || sec->reloc_count == 0
12362 || (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0)
12365 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
12367 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
12368 internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
12369 (abfd, sec, (PTR) NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
12370 link_info->keep_memory));
12371 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
12374 /* Walk through them looking for relaxing opportunities. */
12375 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
12376 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
12378 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
12379 unsigned int r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
12380 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p;
12381 unsigned long opcode;
12387 /* The number of bytes to delete for relaxation and from where
12388 to delete these bytes starting at irel->r_offset. */
12392 /* If this isn't something that can be relaxed, then ignore
12394 if (r_type != R_MICROMIPS_HI16
12395 && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
12396 && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_26_S1)
12399 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
12400 if (contents == NULL)
12402 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
12403 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
12404 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
12405 /* Go get them off disk. */
12406 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
12409 ptr = contents + irel->r_offset;
12411 /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already. */
12412 if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
12414 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
12415 if (isymbuf == NULL)
12416 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
12417 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
12419 if (isymbuf == NULL)
12423 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
12424 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
12426 /* A local symbol. */
12427 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
12430 isym = isymbuf + r_symndx;
12431 if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
12432 sym_sec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
12433 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
12434 sym_sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
12435 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
12436 sym_sec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
12438 sym_sec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
12439 symval = (isym->st_value
12440 + sym_sec->output_section->vma
12441 + sym_sec->output_offset);
12442 target_is_micromips_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (isym->st_other);
12446 unsigned long indx;
12447 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
12449 /* An external symbol. */
12450 indx = r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
12451 h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
12452 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
12454 if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
12455 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
12456 /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
12457 symbol. Just ignore it -- it will be caught by the
12458 regular reloc processing. */
12461 symval = (h->root.u.def.value
12462 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
12463 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
12464 target_is_micromips_code_p = (!h->needs_plt
12465 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h->other));
12469 /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the
12470 section contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol
12471 table. We must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
12472 information. It would be possible to instead create a table
12473 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
12474 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
12475 the linker is run. */
12477 /* Only 32-bit instructions relaxed. */
12478 if (irel->r_offset + 4 > sec->size)
12481 opcode = bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr ) << 16;
12482 opcode |= bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr + 2);
12484 /* This is the pc-relative distance from the instruction the
12485 relocation is applied to, to the symbol referred. */
12487 - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset)
12490 /* R_MICROMIPS_HI16 / LUI relaxation to nil, performing relaxation
12491 of corresponding R_MICROMIPS_LO16 to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16 or
12492 R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2. The R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2 condition is
12494 (symval % 4 == 0 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval, 25))
12496 where pcrval has first to be adjusted to apply against the LO16
12497 location (we make the adjustment later on, when we have figured
12498 out the offset). */
12499 if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI16 && MATCH (opcode, lui_insn))
12501 bfd_boolean bzc = FALSE;
12502 unsigned long nextopc;
12506 /* Give up if the previous reloc was a HI16 against this symbol
12508 if (irel > internal_relocs
12509 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[-1].r_info) == R_MICROMIPS_HI16
12510 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel[-1].r_info) == r_symndx)
12513 /* Or if the next reloc is not a LO16 against this symbol. */
12514 if (irel + 1 >= irelend
12515 || ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[1].r_info) != R_MICROMIPS_LO16
12516 || ELF32_R_SYM (irel[1].r_info) != r_symndx)
12519 /* Or if the second next reloc is a LO16 against this symbol too. */
12520 if (irel + 2 >= irelend
12521 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[2].r_info) == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
12522 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel[2].r_info) == r_symndx)
12525 /* See if the LUI instruction *might* be in a branch delay slot.
12526 We check whether what looks like a 16-bit branch or jump is
12527 actually an immediate argument to a compact branch, and let
12528 it through if so. */
12529 if (irel->r_offset >= 2
12530 && check_br16_dslot (abfd, ptr - 2)
12531 && !(irel->r_offset >= 4
12532 && (bzc = check_relocated_bzc (abfd,
12533 ptr - 4, irel->r_offset - 4,
12534 internal_relocs, irelend))))
12536 if (irel->r_offset >= 4
12538 && check_br32_dslot (abfd, ptr - 4))
12541 reg = OP32_SREG (opcode);
12543 /* We only relax adjacent instructions or ones separated with
12544 a branch or jump that has a delay slot. The branch or jump
12545 must not fiddle with the register used to hold the address.
12546 Subtract 4 for the LUI itself. */
12547 offset = irel[1].r_offset - irel[0].r_offset;
12548 switch (offset - 4)
12553 if (check_br16 (abfd, ptr + 4, reg))
12557 if (check_br32 (abfd, ptr + 4, reg))
12564 nextopc = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + irel[1].r_offset ) << 16;
12565 nextopc |= bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + irel[1].r_offset + 2);
12567 /* Give up unless the same register is used with both
12569 if (OP32_SREG (nextopc) != reg)
12572 /* Now adjust pcrval, subtracting the offset to the LO16 reloc
12573 and rounding up to take masking of the two LSBs into account. */
12574 pcrval = ((pcrval - offset + 3) | 3) ^ 3;
12576 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16. */
12577 if (IS_BITSIZE (symval, 16))
12579 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12580 irel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16);
12582 /* Instructions using R_MICROMIPS_LO16 have the base or
12583 source register in bits 20:16. This register becomes $0
12584 (zero) as the result of the R_MICROMIPS_HI16 being 0. */
12585 nextopc &= ~0x001f0000;
12586 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (nextopc >> 16) & 0xffff,
12587 contents + irel[1].r_offset);
12590 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 / ADDIU relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2.
12591 We add 4 to take LUI deletion into account while checking
12592 the PC-relative distance. */
12593 else if (symval % 4 == 0
12594 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval + 4, 25)
12595 && MATCH (nextopc, addiu_insn)
12596 && OP32_TREG (nextopc) == OP32_SREG (nextopc)
12597 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (nextopc)))
12599 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12600 irel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2);
12602 /* Replace ADDIU with the ADDIUPC version. */
12603 nextopc = (addiupc_insn.match
12604 | ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD (OP32_TREG (nextopc)));
12606 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (nextopc >> 16) & 0xffff,
12607 contents + irel[1].r_offset);
12608 bfd_put_16 (abfd, nextopc & 0xffff,
12609 contents + irel[1].r_offset + 2);
12612 /* Can't do anything, give up, sigh... */
12616 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12617 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MIPS_NONE);
12619 /* Delete the LUI instruction: 4 bytes at irel->r_offset. */
12624 /* Compact branch relaxation -- due to the multitude of macros
12625 employed by the compiler/assembler, compact branches are not
12626 always generated. Obviously, this can/will be fixed elsewhere,
12627 but there is no drawback in double checking it here. */
12628 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
12629 && irel->r_offset + 5 < sec->size
12630 && ((fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rs_insns_32)) >= 0
12631 || (fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rt_insns_32)) >= 0)
12632 && MATCH (bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr + 4), nop_insn_16))
12636 reg = OP32_SREG (opcode) ? OP32_SREG (opcode) : OP32_TREG (opcode);
12638 /* Replace BEQZ/BNEZ with the compact version. */
12639 opcode = (bzc_insns_32[fndopc].match
12640 | BZC32_REG_FIELD (reg)
12641 | (opcode & 0xffff)); /* Addend value. */
12643 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (opcode >> 16) & 0xffff, ptr);
12644 bfd_put_16 (abfd, opcode & 0xffff, ptr + 2);
12646 /* Delete the 16-bit delay slot NOP: two bytes from
12647 irel->offset + 4. */
12652 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1. We need
12653 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
12654 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
12655 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval - 2, 11)
12656 && find_match (opcode, b_insns_32) >= 0)
12658 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12659 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1);
12661 /* Replace the the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
12664 | (opcode & 0x3ff)), /* Addend value. */
12667 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
12672 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1. We need
12673 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
12674 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
12675 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval - 2, 8)
12676 && (((fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rs_insns_32)) >= 0
12677 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_SREG (opcode)))
12678 || ((fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rt_insns_32)) >= 0
12679 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (opcode)))))
12683 reg = OP32_SREG (opcode) ? OP32_SREG (opcode) : OP32_TREG (opcode);
12685 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12686 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1);
12688 /* Replace the the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
12690 (bz_insns_16[fndopc].match
12691 | BZ16_REG_FIELD (reg)
12692 | (opcode & 0x7f)), /* Addend value. */
12695 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
12700 /* R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 -- JAL to JALS relaxation for microMIPS targets. */
12701 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
12702 && target_is_micromips_code_p
12703 && irel->r_offset + 7 < sec->size
12704 && MATCH (opcode, jal_insn_32_bd32))
12706 unsigned long n32opc;
12707 bfd_boolean relaxed = FALSE;
12709 n32opc = bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr + 4) << 16;
12710 n32opc |= bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr + 6);
12712 if (MATCH (n32opc, nop_insn_32))
12714 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit NOP with a 16-bit NOP. */
12715 bfd_put_16 (abfd, nop_insn_16.match, ptr + 4);
12719 else if (find_match (n32opc, move_insns_32) >= 0)
12721 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit MOVE with 16-bit MOVE. */
12723 (move_insn_16.match
12724 | MOVE16_RD_FIELD (MOVE32_RD (n32opc))
12725 | MOVE16_RS_FIELD (MOVE32_RS (n32opc))),
12730 /* Other 32-bit instructions relaxable to 16-bit
12731 instructions will be handled here later. */
12735 /* JAL with 32-bit delay slot that is changed to a JALS
12736 with 16-bit delay slot. */
12737 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (jal_insn_32_bd16.match >> 16) & 0xffff,
12739 bfd_put_16 (abfd, jal_insn_32_bd16.match & 0xffff,
12742 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 6. */
12750 /* Note that we've changed the relocs, section contents, etc. */
12751 elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
12752 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
12753 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
12755 /* Delete bytes depending on the delcnt and deloff. */
12756 if (!mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec,
12757 irel->r_offset + deloff, delcnt))
12760 /* That will change things, so we should relax again.
12761 Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
12766 if (isymbuf != NULL
12767 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
12769 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
12773 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
12774 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
12778 if (contents != NULL
12779 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
12781 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
12785 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
12786 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
12790 if (internal_relocs != NULL
12791 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
12792 free (internal_relocs);
12797 if (isymbuf != NULL
12798 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
12800 if (contents != NULL
12801 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
12803 if (internal_relocs != NULL
12804 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
12805 free (internal_relocs);
12810 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
12812 struct bfd_link_hash_table *
12813 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
12815 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *ret;
12816 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table);
12818 ret = bfd_malloc (amt);
12822 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
12823 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
12824 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry),
12832 /* We no longer use this. */
12833 for (i = 0; i < SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES; i++)
12834 ret->dynsym_sec_strindex[i] = (bfd_size_type) -1;
12836 ret->procedure_count = 0;
12837 ret->compact_rel_size = 0;
12838 ret->use_rld_obj_head = FALSE;
12839 ret->rld_symbol = NULL;
12840 ret->mips16_stubs_seen = FALSE;
12841 ret->use_plts_and_copy_relocs = FALSE;
12842 ret->is_vxworks = FALSE;
12843 ret->small_data_overflow_reported = FALSE;
12844 ret->srelbss = NULL;
12845 ret->sdynbss = NULL;
12846 ret->srelplt = NULL;
12847 ret->srelplt2 = NULL;
12848 ret->sgotplt = NULL;
12850 ret->sstubs = NULL;
12852 ret->got_info = NULL;
12853 ret->plt_header_size = 0;
12854 ret->plt_entry_size = 0;
12855 ret->lazy_stub_count = 0;
12856 ret->function_stub_size = 0;
12857 ret->strampoline = NULL;
12858 ret->la25_stubs = NULL;
12859 ret->add_stub_section = NULL;
12861 return &ret->root.root;
12864 /* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
12866 struct bfd_link_hash_table *
12867 _bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
12869 struct bfd_link_hash_table *ret;
12871 ret = _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd);
12874 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
12876 htab = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ret;
12877 htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs = TRUE;
12878 htab->is_vxworks = TRUE;
12883 /* A function that the linker calls if we are allowed to use PLTs
12884 and copy relocs. */
12887 _bfd_mips_elf_use_plts_and_copy_relocs (struct bfd_link_info *info)
12889 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_plts_and_copy_relocs = TRUE;
12892 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
12893 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
12894 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
12897 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
12900 struct bfd_link_order *p;
12901 asection *reginfo_sec, *mdebug_sec, *gptab_data_sec, *gptab_bss_sec;
12902 asection *rtproc_sec;
12903 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo;
12904 struct ecoff_debug_info debug;
12905 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti;
12906 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
12907 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap = bed->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
12908 HDRR *symhdr = &debug.symbolic_header;
12909 void *mdebug_handle = NULL;
12914 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
12916 static const char * const secname[] =
12918 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
12919 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
12921 static const int sc[] =
12923 scText, scInit, scFini, scData,
12924 scRData, scSData, scSBss, scBss
12927 /* Sort the dynamic symbols so that those with GOT entries come after
12929 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
12930 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
12932 if (!mips_elf_sort_hash_table (abfd, info))
12935 /* Create any scheduled LA25 stubs. */
12937 hti.output_bfd = abfd;
12939 htab_traverse (htab->la25_stubs, mips_elf_create_la25_stub, &hti);
12943 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
12944 if (elf_gp (abfd) == 0)
12946 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
12948 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
12949 if (h != NULL && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
12950 elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.value
12951 + h->u.def.section->output_section->vma
12952 + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
12953 else if (htab->is_vxworks
12954 && (h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash,
12955 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
12956 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE))
12957 && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
12958 elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.section->output_section->vma
12959 + h->u.def.section->output_offset
12961 else if (info->relocatable)
12963 bfd_vma lo = MINUS_ONE;
12965 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
12966 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
12968 && (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_MIPS_GPREL))
12971 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
12972 elf_gp (abfd) = lo + ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info);
12976 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
12977 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
12978 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
12982 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
12984 reginfo_sec = NULL;
12986 gptab_data_sec = NULL;
12987 gptab_bss_sec = NULL;
12988 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
12990 if (strcmp (o->name, ".reginfo") == 0)
12992 memset (®info, 0, sizeof reginfo);
12994 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
12995 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
12996 the information together. */
12997 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
12999 asection *input_section;
13001 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
13004 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
13006 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
13011 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
13012 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
13014 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section,
13015 &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
13018 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd, &ext, &sub);
13020 reginfo.ri_gprmask |= sub.ri_gprmask;
13021 reginfo.ri_cprmask[0] |= sub.ri_cprmask[0];
13022 reginfo.ri_cprmask[1] |= sub.ri_cprmask[1];
13023 reginfo.ri_cprmask[2] |= sub.ri_cprmask[2];
13024 reginfo.ri_cprmask[3] |= sub.ri_cprmask[3];
13026 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
13027 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
13028 finally written out. */
13030 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
13031 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
13032 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
13035 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
13036 BFD_ASSERT(o->size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
13038 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
13039 matters, but someday it might). */
13040 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
13045 if (strcmp (o->name, ".mdebug") == 0)
13047 struct extsym_info einfo;
13050 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
13051 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
13052 the information together. */
13053 symhdr->magic = swap->sym_magic;
13054 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
13055 symhdr->vstamp = 0;
13056 symhdr->ilineMax = 0;
13057 symhdr->cbLine = 0;
13058 symhdr->idnMax = 0;
13059 symhdr->ipdMax = 0;
13060 symhdr->isymMax = 0;
13061 symhdr->ioptMax = 0;
13062 symhdr->iauxMax = 0;
13063 symhdr->issMax = 0;
13064 symhdr->issExtMax = 0;
13065 symhdr->ifdMax = 0;
13067 symhdr->iextMax = 0;
13069 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
13070 debug_info structure. */
13072 debug.external_dnr = NULL;
13073 debug.external_pdr = NULL;
13074 debug.external_sym = NULL;
13075 debug.external_opt = NULL;
13076 debug.external_aux = NULL;
13078 debug.ssext = debug.ssext_end = NULL;
13079 debug.external_fdr = NULL;
13080 debug.external_rfd = NULL;
13081 debug.external_ext = debug.external_ext_end = NULL;
13083 mdebug_handle = bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd, &debug, swap, info);
13084 if (mdebug_handle == NULL)
13088 esym.cobol_main = 0;
13092 esym.asym.iss = issNil;
13093 esym.asym.st = stLocal;
13094 esym.asym.reserved = 0;
13095 esym.asym.index = indexNil;
13097 for (i = 0; i < sizeof (secname) / sizeof (secname[0]); i++)
13099 esym.asym.sc = sc[i];
13100 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, secname[i]);
13103 esym.asym.value = s->vma;
13104 last = s->vma + s->size;
13107 esym.asym.value = last;
13108 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd, &debug, swap,
13109 secname[i], &esym))
13113 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
13115 asection *input_section;
13117 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *input_swap;
13118 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug;
13122 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
13124 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
13129 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
13130 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
13132 if (!is_mips_elf (input_bfd))
13134 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
13135 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
13136 want to deal with it. */
13140 input_swap = (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd)
13141 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap);
13143 BFD_ASSERT (p->size == input_section->size);
13145 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
13146 read in the debugging information and set up an
13147 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
13148 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd, input_section,
13152 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
13153 (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, input_bfd,
13154 &input_debug, input_swap, info)))
13157 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
13158 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
13159 the linker global hash table and save the information
13160 for the output external symbols. */
13161 eraw_src = input_debug.external_ext;
13162 eraw_end = (eraw_src
13163 + (input_debug.symbolic_header.iextMax
13164 * input_swap->external_ext_size));
13166 eraw_src < eraw_end;
13167 eraw_src += input_swap->external_ext_size)
13171 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
13173 (*input_swap->swap_ext_in) (input_bfd, eraw_src, &ext);
13174 if (ext.asym.sc == scNil
13175 || ext.asym.sc == scUndefined
13176 || ext.asym.sc == scSUndefined)
13179 name = input_debug.ssext + ext.asym.iss;
13180 h = mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
13181 name, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
13182 if (h == NULL || h->esym.ifd != -2)
13187 BFD_ASSERT (ext.ifd
13188 < input_debug.symbolic_header.ifdMax);
13189 ext.ifd = input_debug.ifdmap[ext.ifd];
13195 /* Free up the information we just read. */
13196 free (input_debug.line);
13197 free (input_debug.external_dnr);
13198 free (input_debug.external_pdr);
13199 free (input_debug.external_sym);
13200 free (input_debug.external_opt);
13201 free (input_debug.external_aux);
13202 free (input_debug.ss);
13203 free (input_debug.ssext);
13204 free (input_debug.external_fdr);
13205 free (input_debug.external_rfd);
13206 free (input_debug.external_ext);
13208 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
13209 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
13210 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
13213 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && info->shared)
13215 /* Create .rtproc section. */
13216 rtproc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
13217 if (rtproc_sec == NULL)
13219 flagword flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
13220 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
13222 rtproc_sec = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd,
13225 if (rtproc_sec == NULL
13226 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, rtproc_sec, 4))
13230 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle, abfd,
13236 /* Build the external symbol information. */
13239 einfo.debug = &debug;
13241 einfo.failed = FALSE;
13242 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
13243 mips_elf_output_extsym, &einfo);
13247 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
13248 o->size = bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd, &debug, swap);
13250 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
13251 matters, but someday it might). */
13252 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
13257 if (CONST_STRNEQ (o->name, ".gptab."))
13259 const char *subname;
13262 Elf32_External_gptab *ext_tab;
13265 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
13266 information describing how the small data area would
13267 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
13268 not used in executables files. */
13269 if (! info->relocatable)
13271 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
13273 asection *input_section;
13275 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
13277 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
13282 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
13284 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
13285 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
13286 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
13289 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
13290 currently matters, but someday it might). */
13291 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
13293 /* Really remove the section. */
13294 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, o);
13295 --abfd->section_count;
13300 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
13301 uninitialized data. */
13302 if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
13303 gptab_data_sec = o;
13304 else if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
13308 (*_bfd_error_handler)
13309 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
13310 bfd_get_filename (abfd), o->name);
13311 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
13315 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
13316 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
13317 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
13318 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
13319 case we must change the name of the output section. */
13320 subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
13321 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) == NULL)
13323 if (o == gptab_data_sec)
13324 o->name = ".gptab.data";
13326 o->name = ".gptab.bss";
13327 subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
13328 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) != NULL);
13331 /* Set up the first entry. */
13333 amt = c * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
13334 tab = bfd_malloc (amt);
13337 tab[0].gt_header.gt_current_g_value = elf_gp_size (abfd);
13338 tab[0].gt_header.gt_unused = 0;
13340 /* Combine the input sections. */
13341 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
13343 asection *input_section;
13345 bfd_size_type size;
13346 unsigned long last;
13347 bfd_size_type gpentry;
13349 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
13351 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
13356 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
13357 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
13359 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
13360 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
13361 sorted by ascending -G value. */
13362 size = input_section->size;
13364 for (gpentry = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
13366 gpentry += sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))
13368 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab;
13369 Elf32_gptab int_gptab;
13375 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
13376 (input_bfd, input_section, &ext_gptab, gpentry,
13377 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))))
13383 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd, &ext_gptab,
13385 val = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_g_value;
13386 add = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes - last;
13389 for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
13391 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value >= val)
13392 tab[look].gt_entry.gt_bytes += add;
13394 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value == val)
13400 Elf32_gptab *new_tab;
13403 /* We need a new table entry. */
13404 amt = (bfd_size_type) (c + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
13405 new_tab = bfd_realloc (tab, amt);
13406 if (new_tab == NULL)
13412 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_g_value = val;
13413 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes = add;
13415 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
13416 value, since that will be implied by this new
13419 for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
13421 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value < val
13423 || (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value
13424 > tab[max].gt_entry.gt_g_value)))
13428 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes +=
13429 tab[max].gt_entry.gt_bytes;
13434 last = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes;
13437 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
13438 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
13439 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
13442 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
13444 qsort (tab + 1, c - 1, sizeof (tab[0]), gptab_compare);
13446 /* Swap out the table. */
13447 amt = (bfd_size_type) c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
13448 ext_tab = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
13449 if (ext_tab == NULL)
13455 for (j = 0; j < c; j++)
13456 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd, tab + j, ext_tab + j);
13459 o->size = c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
13460 o->contents = (bfd_byte *) ext_tab;
13462 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
13463 matters, but someday it might). */
13464 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
13468 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
13469 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd, info))
13472 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
13474 if (reginfo_sec != NULL)
13476 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
13478 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd, ®info, &ext);
13479 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, reginfo_sec, &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
13483 if (mdebug_sec != NULL)
13485 BFD_ASSERT (abfd->output_has_begun);
13486 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug,
13488 mdebug_sec->filepos))
13491 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, info);
13494 if (gptab_data_sec != NULL)
13496 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_data_sec,
13497 gptab_data_sec->contents,
13498 0, gptab_data_sec->size))
13502 if (gptab_bss_sec != NULL)
13504 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_bss_sec,
13505 gptab_bss_sec->contents,
13506 0, gptab_bss_sec->size))
13510 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
13512 rtproc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
13513 if (rtproc_sec != NULL)
13515 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, rtproc_sec,
13516 rtproc_sec->contents,
13517 0, rtproc_sec->size))
13525 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
13527 struct mips_mach_extension {
13528 unsigned long extension, base;
13532 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
13533 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
13535 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions[] = {
13536 /* MIPS64r2 extensions. */
13537 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon2, bfd_mach_mips_octeonp },
13538 { bfd_mach_mips_octeonp, bfd_mach_mips_octeon },
13539 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2 },
13541 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
13542 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
13543 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
13544 { bfd_mach_mips_xlr, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
13545 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
13547 /* MIPS V extensions. */
13548 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64, bfd_mach_mips5 },
13550 /* R10000 extensions. */
13551 { bfd_mach_mips12000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
13552 { bfd_mach_mips14000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
13553 { bfd_mach_mips16000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
13555 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
13556 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
13557 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
13558 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
13559 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
13560 { bfd_mach_mips5500, bfd_mach_mips5400 },
13561 { bfd_mach_mips5400, bfd_mach_mips5000 },
13563 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
13564 { bfd_mach_mips5, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
13565 { bfd_mach_mips10000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
13566 { bfd_mach_mips5000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
13567 { bfd_mach_mips7000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
13568 { bfd_mach_mips9000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
13570 /* VR4100 extensions. */
13571 { bfd_mach_mips4120, bfd_mach_mips4100 },
13572 { bfd_mach_mips4111, bfd_mach_mips4100 },
13574 /* MIPS III extensions. */
13575 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13576 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13577 { bfd_mach_mips8000, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13578 { bfd_mach_mips4650, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13579 { bfd_mach_mips4600, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13580 { bfd_mach_mips4400, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13581 { bfd_mach_mips4300, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13582 { bfd_mach_mips4100, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13583 { bfd_mach_mips4010, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13585 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
13586 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa32 },
13588 /* MIPS II extensions. */
13589 { bfd_mach_mips4000, bfd_mach_mips6000 },
13590 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32, bfd_mach_mips6000 },
13592 /* MIPS I extensions. */
13593 { bfd_mach_mips6000, bfd_mach_mips3000 },
13594 { bfd_mach_mips3900, bfd_mach_mips3000 }
13598 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
13601 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base, unsigned long extension)
13605 if (extension == base)
13608 if (base == bfd_mach_mipsisa32
13609 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64, extension))
13612 if (base == bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
13613 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, extension))
13616 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions); i++)
13617 if (extension == mips_mach_extensions[i].extension)
13619 extension = mips_mach_extensions[i].base;
13620 if (extension == base)
13628 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
13631 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags)
13633 return ((flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE) != 0
13634 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
13635 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
13636 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
13637 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
13638 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
13639 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2);
13643 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
13644 there are conflicting attributes. */
13646 mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
13648 obj_attribute *in_attr;
13649 obj_attribute *out_attr;
13651 if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd)[0].i)
13653 /* This is the first object. Copy the attributes. */
13654 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
13656 /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
13658 elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd)[0].i = 1;
13663 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attributes and merge
13664 non-conflicting ones. */
13665 in_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
13666 out_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
13667 if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i != out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
13669 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].type = 1;
13670 if (out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i == 0)
13671 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i = in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i;
13672 else if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i == 0)
13674 else if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i > 4)
13676 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"), ibfd,
13677 in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i);
13678 else if (out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i > 4)
13680 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"), obfd,
13681 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i);
13683 switch (out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
13686 switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
13690 (_("Warning: %B uses -msingle-float, %B uses -mdouble-float"),
13696 (_("Warning: %B uses hard float, %B uses soft float"),
13702 (_("Warning: %B uses -msingle-float, %B uses -mips32r2 -mfp64"),
13712 switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
13716 (_("Warning: %B uses -msingle-float, %B uses -mdouble-float"),
13722 (_("Warning: %B uses hard float, %B uses soft float"),
13728 (_("Warning: %B uses -mdouble-float, %B uses -mips32r2 -mfp64"),
13738 switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
13744 (_("Warning: %B uses hard float, %B uses soft float"),
13754 switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
13758 (_("Warning: %B uses -msingle-float, %B uses -mips32r2 -mfp64"),
13764 (_("Warning: %B uses -mdouble-float, %B uses -mips32r2 -mfp64"),
13770 (_("Warning: %B uses hard float, %B uses soft float"),
13784 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
13785 _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
13790 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
13791 object file when linking. */
13794 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
13796 flagword old_flags;
13797 flagword new_flags;
13799 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd = TRUE;
13802 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
13803 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, obfd))
13805 (*_bfd_error_handler)
13806 (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
13811 if (!is_mips_elf (ibfd) || !is_mips_elf (obfd))
13814 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd), bfd_get_target (obfd)) != 0)
13816 (*_bfd_error_handler)
13817 (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
13822 if (!mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd))
13825 new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
13826 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
13827 old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
13829 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
13831 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
13832 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = new_flags;
13833 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
13834 = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS];
13836 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd)
13837 && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd)->the_default
13838 || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd),
13839 bfd_get_mach (ibfd))))
13841 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_get_arch (ibfd),
13842 bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
13849 /* Check flag compatibility. */
13851 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
13852 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
13854 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
13855 doesn't seem to matter. */
13856 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT;
13857 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT;
13859 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
13860 just be able to ignore this. */
13861 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
13862 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
13864 /* DSOs should only be linked with CPIC code. */
13865 if ((ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
13866 new_flags |= EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC;
13868 if (new_flags == old_flags)
13871 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
13872 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
13873 actually cause any incompatibility. */
13874 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
13876 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
13877 which are automatically generated by gas. Also ignore fake
13878 (s)common sections, since merely defining a common symbol does
13879 not affect compatibility. */
13880 if ((sec->flags & SEC_IS_COMMON) == 0
13881 && strcmp (sec->name, ".reginfo")
13882 && strcmp (sec->name, ".mdebug")
13884 || (strcmp (sec->name, ".text")
13885 && strcmp (sec->name, ".data")
13886 && strcmp (sec->name, ".bss"))))
13888 null_input_bfd = FALSE;
13892 if (null_input_bfd)
13897 if (((new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0)
13898 != ((old_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0))
13900 (*_bfd_error_handler)
13901 (_("%B: warning: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
13906 if (new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC))
13907 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_MIPS_CPIC;
13908 if (! (new_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC))
13909 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_PIC;
13911 new_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC);
13912 old_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC);
13914 /* Compare the ISAs. */
13915 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags))
13917 (*_bfd_error_handler)
13918 (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
13922 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd), bfd_get_mach (obfd)))
13924 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
13925 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd), bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
13927 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
13928 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
13929 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
13930 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd));
13931 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
13932 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags
13933 |= new_flags & (EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
13935 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
13936 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
13937 if ((old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == 0
13938 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags)
13939 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags & ~EF_MIPS_ABI))
13940 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI;
13944 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
13945 (*_bfd_error_handler)
13946 (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
13948 bfd_printable_name (ibfd),
13949 bfd_printable_name (obfd));
13954 new_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
13955 old_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
13957 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
13958 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
13959 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
13960 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
13961 != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
13963 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
13964 if (((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) && (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
13965 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
13966 != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
13968 (*_bfd_error_handler)
13969 (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
13971 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd),
13972 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd));
13975 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
13976 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
13979 /* Compare ASEs. Forbid linking MIPS16 and microMIPS ASE modules together
13980 and allow arbitrary mixing of the remaining ASEs (retain the union). */
13981 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE))
13983 int old_micro = old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS;
13984 int new_micro = new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS;
13985 int old_m16 = old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16;
13986 int new_m16 = new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16;
13987 int micro_mis = old_m16 && new_micro;
13988 int m16_mis = old_micro && new_m16;
13990 if (m16_mis || micro_mis)
13992 (*_bfd_error_handler)
13993 (_("%B: ASE mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
13995 m16_mis ? "MIPS16" : "microMIPS",
13996 m16_mis ? "microMIPS" : "MIPS16");
14000 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
14002 new_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
14003 old_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
14006 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
14007 if (new_flags != old_flags)
14009 (*_bfd_error_handler)
14010 (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
14011 ibfd, (unsigned long) new_flags,
14012 (unsigned long) old_flags);
14018 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
14025 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
14028 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
14030 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd)
14031 || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
14033 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
14034 elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
14039 _bfd_mips_elf_get_target_dtag (bfd_vma dtag)
14043 default: return "";
14044 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION:
14045 return "MIPS_RLD_VERSION";
14046 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP:
14047 return "MIPS_TIME_STAMP";
14048 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM:
14049 return "MIPS_ICHECKSUM";
14050 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION:
14051 return "MIPS_IVERSION";
14052 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS:
14053 return "MIPS_FLAGS";
14054 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS:
14055 return "MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS";
14057 return "MIPS_MSYM";
14058 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT:
14059 return "MIPS_CONFLICT";
14060 case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
14061 return "MIPS_LIBLIST";
14062 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO:
14063 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO";
14064 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO:
14065 return "MIPS_CONFLICTNO";
14066 case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO:
14067 return "MIPS_LIBLISTNO";
14068 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO:
14069 return "MIPS_SYMTABNO";
14070 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO:
14071 return "MIPS_UNREFEXTNO";
14072 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM:
14073 return "MIPS_GOTSYM";
14074 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO:
14075 return "MIPS_HIPAGENO";
14076 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP:
14077 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP";
14078 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS:
14079 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS";
14080 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO:
14081 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO";
14082 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE:
14083 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE";
14084 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO:
14085 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO";
14086 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC:
14087 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC";
14088 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO:
14089 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO";
14090 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM:
14091 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM";
14092 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO:
14093 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO";
14094 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM:
14095 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM";
14096 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO:
14097 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO";
14098 case DT_MIPS_CXX_FLAGS:
14099 return "MIPS_CXX_FLAGS";
14100 case DT_MIPS_PIXIE_INIT:
14101 return "MIPS_PIXIE_INIT";
14102 case DT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
14103 return "MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB";
14104 case DT_MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX:
14105 return "MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX";
14106 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX:
14107 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX";
14108 case DT_MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX:
14109 return "MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX";
14110 case DT_MIPS_PROTECTED_GOTIDX:
14111 return "MIPS_PROTECTED_GOT_IDX";
14112 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
14113 return "MIPS_OPTIONS";
14114 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE:
14115 return "MIPS_INTERFACE";
14116 case DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN:
14117 return "DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN";
14118 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE:
14119 return "DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE";
14120 case DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR:
14121 return "DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR";
14122 case DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX:
14123 return "DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX";
14124 case DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE:
14125 return "DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE";
14126 case DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE:
14127 return "DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE";
14128 case DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC:
14129 return "DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC";
14130 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT:
14131 return "DT_MIPS_PLTGOT";
14132 case DT_MIPS_RWPLT:
14133 return "DT_MIPS_RWPLT";
14138 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *ptr)
14142 BFD_ASSERT (abfd != NULL && ptr != NULL);
14144 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
14145 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr);
14147 /* xgettext:c-format */
14148 fprintf (file, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags);
14150 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
14151 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O32]"));
14152 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64)
14153 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O64]"));
14154 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32)
14155 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
14156 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64)
14157 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
14158 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
14159 fprintf (file, _(" [abi unknown]"));
14160 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
14161 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=N32]"));
14162 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
14163 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=64]"));
14165 fprintf (file, _(" [no abi set]"));
14167 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1)
14168 fprintf (file, " [mips1]");
14169 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2)
14170 fprintf (file, " [mips2]");
14171 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3)
14172 fprintf (file, " [mips3]");
14173 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4)
14174 fprintf (file, " [mips4]");
14175 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5)
14176 fprintf (file, " [mips5]");
14177 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32)
14178 fprintf (file, " [mips32]");
14179 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64)
14180 fprintf (file, " [mips64]");
14181 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2)
14182 fprintf (file, " [mips32r2]");
14183 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2)
14184 fprintf (file, " [mips64r2]");
14186 fprintf (file, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
14188 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX)
14189 fprintf (file, " [mdmx]");
14191 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16)
14192 fprintf (file, " [mips16]");
14194 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS)
14195 fprintf (file, " [micromips]");
14197 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE)
14198 fprintf (file, " [32bitmode]");
14200 fprintf (file, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
14202 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_NOREORDER)
14203 fprintf (file, " [noreorder]");
14205 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC)
14206 fprintf (file, " [PIC]");
14208 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_CPIC)
14209 fprintf (file, " [CPIC]");
14211 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_XGOT)
14212 fprintf (file, " [XGOT]");
14214 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_UCODE)
14215 fprintf (file, " [UCODE]");
14217 fputc ('\n', file);
14222 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections[] =
14224 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
14225 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
14226 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG, 0 },
14227 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
14228 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
14229 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE, 0 },
14230 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
14233 /* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the
14234 STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
14235 definiton of the symbol. */
14237 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
14238 const Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
14239 bfd_boolean definition,
14240 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
14242 if ((isym->st_other & ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0)
14244 unsigned char other;
14246 other = (definition ? isym->st_other : h->other);
14247 other &= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
14248 h->other = other | ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other);
14252 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym->st_other))
14253 h->other |= STO_OPTIONAL;
14256 /* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
14257 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
14259 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
14261 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h->other) ? TRUE : FALSE;
14265 _bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
14267 return (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
14268 || sym->st_shndx == SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
14269 || sym->st_shndx == SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON);
14272 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
14273 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
14276 _bfd_mips_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
14277 const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
14280 + 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry)
14281 + i * 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry));
14285 _bfd_mips_post_process_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
14287 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
14288 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;
14290 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
14293 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (link_info);
14294 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
14296 if (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs && !htab->is_vxworks)
14297 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION] = 1;